Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society"

See other formats


/  /r 


y^. 


tfevi 


,   Ay 


2$A>% 


fibrarg  of  %  gtustttm 


OF 


COMPARATIVE    ZOOLOGY, 


AT  HARVARD  COLLEGE,  CAMBRIDGE,  MASS. 


The  gift  of  t. 


^LLMUl 


3/-  ML   31    I  til 


JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


ELISHA  MITCHELL  SCIEN 


rn 


n 


LIU 


n 


Ul 


nm 


Y. 


VOLUME  V— PART  L 


JANUARY-JUNE, 


1888 


PERMANENT   SECRETARY 


F.  P.  VENABLE,         -        CHAPEL  HILL,  N.  C. 


B.    M.    UZZELL,    STEAM    I'KINTEK    AND    BINDER. 


kali:i<;ii,  n.  c. 


1888. 


OFFICERS 


1888-1889. 


PRESIDENT  : 


W.  J.  Martin, 


VICE-PRESIDENT  : 


Davidson  College,  N.  C. 


George  B.  Hanna, U.  S.  Mint,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 

RESIDENT    VICE-PRESIDENT: 

R.  II.  Graves,  C.  and  M.  E.,  ....        Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

PERMANENT    SECRETARY    AND   TREASURER: 

F.  P.  Venable,  Ph.  D.,  F.  C.  S.,        ....         Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

RECORDING   SECRETARY    AND    LIBRARIAN: 

J. "  W.  Gore,  C.  E., Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 


LIBRARY    AND    PLACE   OF    MEETING  : 

CHAPEL  HILL,  N.  C. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


•      PAGE. 

North  Carolina  Deem  ids — A  preliminary  list.     \V.  L.  Potent 1 

On  the  Bromination  of  Heptane.     F.  P.  Tenable 5 

Some  New  Salts  of  Camphoric  Acid.     G.  W.   Edwards 8 

New  Halogen  Compounds  of  Lead.     F.  P.  Venable  and  B.  Thorp 10 

On  the  Chord  Common  to  a  Parabola  and  the  Circle  of  Curvature  at  any 

Point.     R.  H.  Graves 14 

The  Focal  Chord  of  a  Parabola.     R.  H.  Graves..  15 

List  of  Fishes  with  Description  of  a  New  Species.     V.  S.  Bryant 16 

List  of  Butterflies  collected  at  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C.     A.  Braswell 19 

Aquatic  Respiration  in  the  Musk-rat.     W.  L.  Spoon 21 

Changes  in  Bottled  Samples  of  Acid  Phosphate  with  Constant  Percentage 

of  Water  and  Ordinary  Temperature.     W.B.Phillips 22 

New  Instances  of  Protective  Resemblance  in  Spiders.     G.  F.  Atkinson....   28 
Note    on    the   Tube-inhabiting   Spider,    Lycosa    Fatifera,  Hentz.     G.    1". 

Atkinson  30 

Temperature  and  Rain-fall  at  Various  Stations  in  North  Carolina.     J.  A. 

Holmes 31 

Reports  of  Officers -\> 

List  of  Members 4f> 

List  of  Exchanges 50 


JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


Elislia  Mitchell  Scientific  Society 


NORTH  CAROLINA  DESMIDS— A  PRELIMINARY 

LIST. 


W.  L.  POTEAT. 


When  one  considers  the  acknowledged  richness  of  the  flora  of 
North  Carolina,  it  seems  not  a  little  strange  that  this  peculiarly 
interesting  family  of  plants  should  have  been  so  completely  neg- 
lected both  by  native  and  by  visiting  botanists.  In  the  second 
volume  of  the  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Knowledge  may  be 
found  Professor  J.  W.  Bailey's  "  Microscopical  Observations 
made  in  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and  Florida,"  published  in 
1851  ;  but  these  notes  contain  no  reference  to  North  Carolina. 
With  the  poor  exception  of  two  or  three  species  of  Vauclwria 
reported  from  this  State  by  v.  Schweinitz,  and  a  few  other  Algae 
by  Curtis  (1860),  the  great  group  of  Fresh-water  Algae  as  now 
known  to  the  world  contains  no  North  Carolina  representatives. 
And,  if  the  view  be  restricted  to  the  particular  family  that  con- 
cerns us  here,  so  far  as  I  have  been  able  to  learn  the  record  is  a 
complete  blank. 

Moved  partly  by  this  consideration,  for  a  few  months  past  I 
have  been  engaged,  as  my  limited  leisure  afforded  opportunity, 
upon  the  determination  of  the  species  of  Desmids  found  in  the 
vicinity  of  Wake  Forest,  and  some  of  the  results  of  this  work 
are  presented  below.      The  list    is    far    from    being  exhaustive  of 


'1  JOURNAL   OF    THE 

the  material  of  this  locality;  nevertheless,  it  is  offered  in  this 
imperfect  form  in  the  hope  that  it  may  prove  to  be  of  some  value 
as  a  contribution  to  the  Flora  of  North  Carolina.* 

The  Desmidiese  are  microscopic,  unicellular  plants  of  the  order 
( 'onjugatse.  They  are  possessed  of  chlorophyll  and  absorb 
through  their  walls  nourishment  from  the  water  in  which  they 
float  or  swim.  They  are  confined  to  fresh  water.  The  cell  is 
usually  constricted  in  the  middle  into  two  similar  halves,  and  in 
general  outline  varies  from  cylindrical,  crescent,  and  dumb-bell 
shape  to  the  elliptic  and  circular,  with  margins  smooth,  or  toothed, 
or  lobed.  The  all  but  endless  variety  of  their  forms,  combined 
with  perfect  symmetry  of  parts  and  exquisiteness  of  structure, 
makes  the  study  of  them  a  never-failing  source  of  instruction 
and  delight. 

The  following  species  in  the  vicinity  of  Wake  Forest  have 
been  identified : 

Hyalotheca  disilliens,  Brebisson. 

Hvalotheca  mucosa,  Ralfs. 

Desmidium  Schwartzii,  Agardh. 

Desmidium  Bayleyi,  Wolle. 

Desmidium  aptogonium,  Brebisson. 

Sphserozosma  spinulosum?  Delponte. 

Mesotaenium  Eudlicherianum,  Naegeli. 

Spirotrenia  condensata,  Brebisson. 

Spirotamia  obscura,  Ralfs. 

Penium  digitus,  Brebisson. 

Penium  interruptum,  Brebisson. 

Penium  oblongum,  De  Bary. 

Penium  crassa,  De  Bary.     21  micros. 

Penium  lamellosum,  Brebisson. 

Penium  margaritaceum,  Brebisson. 

Penium  closterioides,  Ralfs.     38 micros. 


*In  making  the  determination  of  species  I  have  used  the  great  works  of  Kev.  Francis 
Wolle  on  the  Desmids  and  on  the  Fresh-water  Algse  of  the  United  States.  In  case  of 
difference  of  size  (diameter)  from  that  given  by  Wolle,  I  have  stated  the  size  in  micro- 
millimetres. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  3 

Closterium  moniliferum,  Ehrenberg. 
Closterium  Leibleinii,  Kuetzing. 
Closterium  areolatum,  Wood. 
Closterium  lunula,  Ehrenberg. 
Closterium  lineatum,  Ehrenberg. 

Closterium  striolatum,  Ehrenberg.      Var.  elongatum,  Raben- 
horst. 

Closterium  rostratum,  Ehrenberg. 
Closterium  dianse,  Ehrenberg.  (?) 
Closterium  gracile,  Brebisson.     17  diameters  long 
Closterium  obtusum,  Brebisson. 
Closterium  acutum,  Brebisson. 
Closterium  acerosum,  Ehrenberg. 

Closterium  nasatlim,  Nordstedt.  (?)       Not  quite  sure  of  the  species,  the 

-ides  of  the  suddenly  contracted  ends  not  being  parallel,  and  the  cell  being  7  diameters 
long. 

Docidium  crenulatum,  Rabenhorst. 
Docidium  trabecula,  Naegeli. 
Caloeylindrus  connatus,  Kirchner. 
Caloeylindrus  connatus.     Var.  minor,  Nordstedt. 
Caloeylindrus  minutus,  Kirchner. 
Caloeylindrus  Thwaitesii,  Ralfs.  (?)     21  micros. 

Cosmarium  ovale,  Ralfs.  (?)      Margins  almost  destitute  of  granules;  ends 

.somewhat  truncate. 

Cosmarium  punctulatum,  Brebisson. 

Cosmarium  Pvramidatum,  Brebisson. 

Cosmarium  cucumis,  Corda.  (?)     32  micros. 

Cosmarium  botrytis,  Meneghini. 

Cosmarium  botrytis.     Var.  tumidum,  Wolle. 

Cosmarium    undulatum,    Corda.     Var.    crenulatum,    Wolle. 

32  micros. 

Cosmarium  notabile,  Brebisson.     21  micros 

Cosmarium  speciosum,  Lundell.     32micros 

Cosmarium  portianum,  Archer. 

Cosmarium  orbiculatum,  Ralfs. 

Cosmarium  Schleiphackeanum,  Grunow.     lomicros. 

Cosmarium  pseud obroomei,  Wolle. 


4  JOURNAL    OF    THH 

Cosmarium  Braunii.     Forma  major,  Reinsch.     21  micros. 

Tetmemorus  Isevis,  Ralfs.  (?) 

Xanthidium  fasicu latum,  Ralfs.     Var.  hexagonum,  Wolle. 

Euastrum  verrucosum,  Ralfs. 

Euastrum  verrucosum.      Var.  alatum,  Wolle. 

Euastrum  verrucosum.      Var.  reductuin,  Nordstedt.  (?) 

Euastrum  piuuatum,  Ralfs. 

Euastrum  elegans,  Kuetzing. 

Euastrum  binale,  Ralfs. 

Euastrum  oblongum,  Ralfs.     si  micros. 

Euastrum  ausatum,  Ralfs.     Var.  major,  Wolle. 

Euastrum   ilierme,  Luudell.       Does  not  quite  agree   with  Wolle's  figure: 

the  second  erena  on  basal  lobe  is  not  so  near  end  lobe. 

Micrasterias  Americana,  Kuetzing. 

Micrasterias  laticeps,  Nordstedt. 

Micrasterias  denticulata,  Ralfs. 

Micrasterias  crenata,  Ralfs. 

Micrasterias  decemdentata,  Naegeli.     si  micros. 

Micrasterias  rotata,  Ralfs. 

Micrasterias  conferta,  Luudell. 

Micrasterias  ftircata,  Ralfs.  (?)     105  micros. 

Micrasterias  Rabenhorstii,  Kirchner.  (?)     ks micros. 

Micrasterias  fimbriata,  Ralfs.  (?)     Agrees  with  Wolle's  text  and  figure, 

except  that  it  is  much  too  small. 

Staurastrum  orbiculare,  Ralfs; 
Staurastrum  hirsutum,  Ralfs. 
Staurastrum  echinatum,  Brebisson. 
Staurastrum  spongiosum,  Brebisson. 
Staurastrum  botrophilum,  Wolle. 

Staurastrum  pygmseum,  Brebisson.      Forma  genuina,  Brebis- 
son. 

Staurastrum  pygmseum.     Forma  truncata,  Wolle. 
Staurastrum  pygmaeum.     Forma  rhomboides,  Wolle. 
Staurastrum  artiscon,  Brebisson. 
Staurastrum  dilaratum,  Ehrenberg.  (?) 
Staurastrum  cyrtocerum,  Brebisson. 

Wake  Forest  College,  .May  2,  1888. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCrENTIFIC    SOCIETY. 

(   ONTRIBUTIONS    FROM    THE    CHEMICAL    LABORATORY    I'NIV.    N.    C. 

No.   XXXIX. 


ON   THE  BROMINATION  OF  HEPTANE. 


F.  P.  VENABLE. 


Schorlemmer  has  shown  that  the  heptane  from  Pinus  sabini- 
ana  is  probably  identical  with  that  from  petroleum  and  is  a 
normal  heptane.  With  regard  to  the  action  of  the  halogens 
upon  this  heptane  he  says:*  "By  the  action  of  chlorine  upon  a 
normal  paraffin  not  all  the  chlorides  indicated  by  theory  are 
formed,  lint  only  the  primary  and  a  secondary  chloride  which 
contains. the  group  CHC1.CH3;  by  the  action  of  bromine  upon 
normal  paraffins  from  petroleum  only  secondary  bromides  cor- 
responding to  chloride-  are  formed." 

In  my  inaugural  dissertation  (Gottingen,  1881,  p.  14)  I  stated 
that  I  found  other  products  formed  during  the  bromination  of 
normal  heptane  besides  the  secondary  bromide,  but  did  not  exam- 
ine them  more  closely.  It  seemed  to  me  worthy  of  note  at  the 
time  that  when  the  nnfractionated  residue  boiling  ahove  170'  C. 
(the  s  ic  uidary  bromide  boils  at  1  65°-167°)  was  allowed  to  stand 
-.me  time  and  was  then  distilled,  it  yielded,  under  evolution  <>t 
hydrogen  bromide,  a  fair  proportion  of  secondary  bromide  boil- 
ing at  L65°-167°.  Time  and  material  have  both  been  lacking 
to  me  since  the  period  of  that  research,  and  hence  I  have  made 
no  closer  examination  of  this  point. 

\-  it  would  be  :i  -traii"v  and  not  very  easilv  accounted  for 
fact  if  bromine  yielded  only  secondary  products  acting  on  nor- 
mal paraffins,  I  determined  to  make  use  of  a  recent  opportunity 
to  examine  t hi-  ;i<'t inn  more  closely. 

It  may  lie  stated  that  in  several  brominations  of  this  heptan  . 
made  iii  recenl  years,  I  have  found  the  yield  of  secondary  bro- 
mide  to   he  only   aboul    25   or   •".<>  per  cent,   of  the  theoretical. 


:  American  <  Ihemical  Jotirn  i     *;. 


6  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

much  of  the  heptane  remaining  unattacked  ;  and  much  having  to 
be  rejected  as  boiling  too  high.  The  amounts  of  heptane  bromi- 
nated  at  one  time  varied  from  100  to  300  grams,  and  the  bro- 
mine usually  dropped  in  as  fast  as  it  could  be  absorbed  by  the 
hot  heptane.  No  quantitative  data  were  preserved  of  these 
experiments,  however.  The  vield  is  seriously  unsatisfactorv 
with  so  expensive  a  material  as  the  heptane. 

The  following  experiments  were  quantitative  and  conducted 
with  especial  care: 

I.  100  grains  of  pure  heptane  and  160  grams  of  bromine. — 
The  heptane  was  kept  boiling  gently  over  a  naked  flame.  The 
flask  containing  it  was  provided  with  an  inverted  condenser  and 
a  dropping  funnel  for  the  bromine.  The  bromine  dropped  in 
the  liquid,  keeping  it  orange-red  in  color.  The  operation  re- 
quired five  hours.  The  heavy  oil  was  then  washed  with  dilute 
sodium  carbonate,  then  with  water,  and  finally  dried  over  cal- 
cium chloride.  It  was  yellow,  with  an  orange  tint.  It  was 
fractionated  twice  under  a  diminished  pressure  of  18-20  inches  of 
mercury;  then  four  times  fractionated  under  ordinary  pressure. 
The  divisions  were  as  follows: 

Fraction  I,  100°-120°,  nearly  all  under  110°,  30  grams; 

II,  120°-162°,  5 

III,  162°-168°,  mainly  164°-167°,  55 

IV,  168°-173°,  2 
V,  173°-183°,  mainly  between  176°-180°,  8 

VI,  183°-210°  10 

Probably  one-fourth,  in  bulk,  of  the  oil  was  left  partly  charred 
in  the  fractionating  flasks. 

II.  100  grains  of  pure  heptane  and  160  grams  of  bromine. — 
The  same  apparatus  as  above  was  used,  only  the  dropping  fun- 
nel was  drawn  out  to  a  capillary  and  about  half  an  inch  of  this 
was  submerged  under  the  heptane.  The  bromine  entered  thus 
slowly  and  in  the  form  of  vapor.  The  heptane  was  at  first  at  a 
lower  temperature  than  in  the  first  experiment.     The  tempera- 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  7 

ture  had  to  be  increased  later  on,  but,  so  far  as  possible,  all  excess 
over  that  necessary  for  the  absorption  of  the  bromine  was 
avoided.  The  time  consumed  by  the  reaction  was  about  thirteen 
hours.  The  oil  was  then  treated  as  above.  It  was  redder  in 
color.  It  was  fractionated  as  above,  only  one  time  less  under 
ordinary  pressure. 

Fraction  I,  100°-120°,  mainly  under  110°,  35  grams; 
II,  120°-162°,  5 

III,  162°-168°,  mainly  1(U0-167°,   25 

IV,  168°-173°,  6 
V,  173°-183°,  mainly  176°-180°    20 

No  higher  fraction  than  V  was  taken,  though  several  grams 
could  have  been  gotten  by  carrying  the  residue  on  to  partial 
charring.  Fraction  V  was  in  this  case  much  more  stable  than 
the  corresponding  fraction  in  the  first  experiment.  It  did  not 
turn  brown  so  quickly,  nor  deposit  black  spots  on  the  glass. 

III.  50  grams  of  pure  heptane  and  80  grams  of  bromine. — 
No  heat  was  used  in  this  case.  The  heptane  was  in  a  small 
open  Erlenmeyer  flask  which  was  set  in  a  vessel  of  water.  The 
bromine  was  poured  in  in  small  amounts  and  shaken  until  dis- 
solved in  the  heptane,  giving  it  a  deep  red  color.  Then  it  was 
allowed  to  stand  in  the  light  until  only  a  yellow  color  remained. 
The  temperature  averaged  about  6°  C.  The  duration  of  tin- 
experiment  was  twenty-five  days.  The  resulting  oil  was  washed 
as  above.  It  was  bright  yellow  in  color.  It  was  fractionated 
once  under  diminished  pressure  and  once  under  ordinary  pres- 
sure.    The  following  fractions  were  obtained: 

Fraction  I,  100°-120°,  mainly  under  110°,  12  grams; 

II,  120°-162°,  2 

III,  162°-173°,  mainly  164°-167°,     4 

IV,  173°-183°,  7 

V,  183°- 11)5°,  very  little; 

VI,  195°-205°,  7  grams; 

VII,  205°-215°,  12 

VIII,  215°-230°,  ' 


8  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

These  fractions  above  195°  were  heavy,  of  a  brownish  yellow 
color,  and  not  showing  much  decomposition  on  standing.  This 
third  method  of  broniination  was  tried  several  times  with  simi- 
lar results.  Analyses  of  two  proportions  of  the  fraction  coming 
over  about  210°  gave  56.4  per  cent,  and  58.0  per  cent,  of  bro- 
mine; C7Hl5Br  contains  44.69  and  C7H14Br2  62.02  per  cent,  of 
bromine. 

The  results  may  be  summed  up  thus:  If  we  take  into  consid- 
eration the  boiling  points  of  the  primary  bromide  (178.5°),  sec- 
ondary bromide,  164°-167°,  and  dibromide  or  heptylene  bro- 
mide, 209°-211°,  it  will  be  seen  that  no  mode  of  broniination 
tried  yielded  the  secondary  bromide  alone.  The  first  vields 
principally  the  secondary;  the  second  yields  secondary  and  pri- 
mary, whereas  the  third  yields  mainly  compounds  having  a  high 
percentage  of  bromine,  probably  several  isomeric  bromides  of 
heptylene.  The  action  of  bromine  then  seems  to  be  quite  simi- 
lar to  that  of  chlorine. 

I'niversity  of  North  Carolina    February,  1888 


No.   XL. 


SOME  NEW  SALTS  OF  CAMPHORIC  ACID. 


G.  W.  EDWARDS. 


This  research  is  a  continuation  of  the  one  in  Volume  IV. 
Part  I,  page  52.     The  following  additional  salts  were  prepared: 

Aluminium  Camphorate.  Pure  aluminium  hydroxide  was 
prepared,  and  this  was  then  boiled  with  camphoric  acid  in  ex- 
cess, using  only  a  little  water.  The  resulting  aluminium  cam- 
phorate  is  white  and  quite  insoluble.  It  was  dried  at  100°  and 
analyzed. 

<  laculated  for  Found. 

AI2(C,oH14o4)3.  I.  II. 

Al  8.33  8.16         8.24 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  9 

Nickel  Camphorate. — Pure  nickel  hydroxide  was  prepared  and 
dissolved  in  camphoric  acid,  using  as  little  water  as  possible. 
On  heating  this  solution  on  the  water-bath  a  crust,  whitish-green 
in  color,  settled  out.  This  was  dried  between  bibulous  paper 
and  analyzed. 

Analysis: 

( Calculated  for 

Ni(C,oH1504)2.  Found. 

Ni  12.76  12.03 

The  liquid  poured  off  from  this  crust  stood  some  days  over 
sulphuric  acid.  A  further  settling  out  of  the  crust  mentioned 
above  was  noticed;  then  small  green  crystals  began  to  form. 
The  liquid  was  filtered  away  from  the  crust  and  once  more 
placed  in  the  desiccator.  The  crystals  obtained  were  dried  on 
bibulous  paper  and  analyzed.  It  was  impossible,  however,  to 
separate  them  from  the  crust.  The  analysis  gave  12.50  per 
cent,  of  Xi.     Hence  the  compound  was  the  same  as  above. 

Strontium  Camphorate. — Strontium  carbonate  is  but  slightly 
attacked  by  camphoric  acid  in  the  cold.  On  heating  with  water 
the  evolution  of  carbon  dioxide  is  rapid.  The  resulting  stron- 
tium camphorate  is  soluble  in  water.  Clusters  of  crystals  are 
easily  gotten  on  evaporation  over  sulphuric  acid.  The  first 
analysis  of  the  crystals  was  lost.  Analysis  of  a  crystalline 
crust  resulted  as  follows : 

Calculated  for 
SrC10HuO4.6H2<>.  Found. 

Sr  22.23  21.50 

H2()  27.45  27.75 


10  JOURNAL    OF   THE 


No.  XLI. 


NEW  HALOGEN  COMPOUNDS  OF  LEAD. 


F.  P.  YEXABLE  and  B.  THORP. 


This  research  sprang  from  and  is  a  continuation  of  the  one 
upon  Lead  Chlorosulphocyanide  in  Volume  IV,  Part  I,  page 
55. 

Action  of  ammonium  hydroxide  upon  lead  chlorosulphocyanide. 
— Crystals  of  this  salt,  dried  at  100°  and  kept  several  months, 
turn  partially  yellow  from  the  formation  of  persulphocyanogen. 
Those  merely  dried  in  the  air  do  not  seem  to  undergo  this  change. 
Some  of  these  air-dried  crystals  were  covered  with  ordinary  aqua 
ammonia  in  excess  and  allowed  to  stand  for  six  days.  The  color 
of  the  crystals  was  slightly  changed,  becoming  dirty  yellowish- 
white.  On  analysis,  after  drying  at  100°,  they  were  found  to 
contain  3.08  per  cent,  of  chlorine.  Sulphocyanic  acid  was  also 
present,  but  was  not  determined.  Another  lot,  after  standing 
for  three  hours,  gave  5.28  per  cent,  of  chlorine.  Crystals  cov- 
ered in  the  same  way  with  ammonia  water  and  boiled  occasion- 
ally during  six  hours  showed  on  analysis  2.76  per  cent,  of  chlo- 
rine, and  gave  qualitative  tests  for  sulphocyanic  acid.  Others 
boiled  in  this  way  during  three  or  four  weeks  gave  but  a  bare 
opalescence  with  silver  nitrate.  Ammonium  hydroxide,  then, 
does  not  remove  either  of  the  radicals  combined  with  the  lead  in 
preference  to  the  other,  but  removes  both  at  the  same  time,  until 
only  lead  hydroxide  is  left.  Nor  do  there  seem  to  be  any  distinct 
steps  of  removal  or  regular  basic  compounds  formed  as  in  the 
case  of  the  action  of  ammonium  hydroxide  on  lead  chloride  and 


iodide, 


* 


Lead  bromosulphocyanide. — Lead  bromide  crystallized  from  a 
strong  solution  of  potassium  sulphocyanide  gave  slightly  brown- 


*rhemical  News.  52,  -13. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  11 

ish  crystals,  apparently  of  the  first  system.  These  were  dried 
on  filter  paper  and  then  over  sulphuric  acid.  They  contained 
23.05  per  cent,  of  bromine  and  16.65  per  cent.  CNS.  Calculated 
for  PbBrCNS,  23.02  percent,  bromine  and  16.85  percent,  CNS. 

Hydrobromic  acid  was  added  to  the  mother-liquor  of  these 
crystals,  and  on  evaporation  a  crop  of  clumpy,  indistinctly  yel- 
lowish crystals  was  obtained.  These  were  dried  and  analyzed, 
giving  3.46  per  cent,  of  CNS.  Calculated  3.56  per  cent,  of 
CNS  for  8PbBr2.Pb(CNS)2. 

Lead  iodosulphocyanide. — The  first  attempt  at  preparing  this 
salt  was  by  adding  the  excess  of  potassium  sulphocyanide,  in 
solution,  to  freshly  precipitated  lead  iodide.  On  washing  with 
hot  water  lead  iodide  alone  crystallized  out.  Again  sulphocyanic 
acid  was  used  to  dissolve  lead  iodide,  but  the  double  compound 
refused  to  form  and  again  the  iodide  only  crytallized  out.  When 
equivalent  amounts  of  lead  iodide  and  lead  chlorosulphocyanide 
wore  dissolved  in  boiling  water  and  allowed  to  crystallize,  the 
iodide  crystallized  out  by  itself.  Lastly,  lead  iodide  was  dis- 
solved in  a  strong  solution  of  potassium  sulphocyanide.  This 
gave  on  cooling  small  glistening  nearly  white  crystals.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  in  this  and  other  cases  where  double  com- 
pounds with  lead  iodide  were  obtained,  that  at  one  stage  of  the 
cooling  numbers  of  large,  distinct  crystals  of  lead  iodide  would 
separate.  On  further  standing  and  cooling  these  would  entirely 
disappear  and  all  the  erytals  would  be  of  the  double  compound. 

Analysis  gave  for  this  compound  figures  corresponding  to 
57.22  per  cent.  Pb.  Calculated  for  PbI2.3Pb(CNS)2,  57.83  per 
cent,  Pb. 

Lead  chlorocy  ankle. — When  lead  chloride  crystals  were  cov- 
ered with  a  strong  solution  of  potassium  cyanide,  a  heavy  and 
quite  insoluble  body  was  formed  which,  on  standing,  rapidly 
changed  in  color  to  a  purplish  brown.  This  was  due  to  partial 
decomposition  and  loss  of  hydrocyanic  acid.*     This  heavy  in- 


"Chemical  News,  51,  iv 


12  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

soluble  powder  was  washed  and  (hen  dried  at  100°.     The  analy- 
ses gave  the  following  results,  the  CN  being  found  by  difference: 


<  lalculated  for 
2Pb(CN)2.PbCI2. 

77.118 

Found. 

Pb 

78.4(5 

78.32 

CI 

8.76 

8.29 

8,47 

CN 

13.22 

13.25 

13.21 

Lead  ferrocyanide  could  not  be  induced  to  crystallize  with  lead 
chloride.  It  is  so  insoluble  that  few  of  the  methods  of  forma- 
tion used  in  this  research  could  be  put  into  practice.  On  cover- 
ing lead  chloride  with  a  solution  of  potassium  ferrocyanide,  the 
lead  gave  up  its  chlorine  completely.  The  resulting  lead  ferro- 
cyanide persistently  retained  some  potassium  ferrocyanide. 
Again,  when  lead  ferrocyanide  was  boiled  for  some  time  with 
potassium  chloride,  neither  filtrate  nor  residue  contained  the 
desired  double  salt. 

Lead  ferrocyanide  covered  with  ammonia  water  for  several 
weeks  vields  a  brownish-^rav  white  mass  which  was  free  of  am- 
monia  and  contained  12.42  per  cent,  of  ferroeyanic  acid  and  .45 
per  cent,  of  ferric  oxide.     It  is  a  basic  ferrocyanide. 

Of  course  the  attempt  to  crystallize  lead  ferrocyanide  from 
hydrochloric  acid  ended  in  the  decomposition  of  the  ferrocyanide 
with  the  formation  of  lead  chloride  and  separation  of  Prussian 
blue. 

Lead  bromiodide.  When  lead  iodide  is  dissolved  in  hvdro- 
bromic  acid,  the  first  crystals  are  of  a  deep  yellow  tint,  approach- 
ing orange.  The  crystals  on  analysis  yielded  49.75  per  cent. 
Pb.  Calculated  for  PbBr2.PbI2,  Pb=49.93  per  cent.  These  crys- 
tals then  have  the  composition  represented  by  the  formula 
PbBr.Pbl. 

2  2 

The  second  crop  of  crystals  have  a  straw-yellow  color  and 
gave  52.99  and  52.57  percent.  Pb,  30.61  percent,  Br,  and  16.20 
per  cent,  I.  Calculated  for  3PbBr2.PbI2,  52.94  per  cent,  Pb, 
30.77  per  cent.  Br,  and  16.32  per  cent.  I. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  13 

The  third  crop  are  white  in  color  and  yield  <>n  analysis  54.19 
and  54.34  per  cent.  Ph.  The  calculated  percentages  for  a  sub- 
stance of  the  composition  6PbBr2.PbI2  are=54.34  per  cent.  Ph. 

The  fourth  crop  are  also  white,  and  gave  only  a  slight  reaction 
for  iodine.  They  contained  50.12  per  cent.  PI),  and  are  there- 
fore nearly  pure  lead  bromide.  In  form  these  crystals  are  all 
alike,  closely  resembling  ordinary  lead  bromide. 

Lead  ehlorobromiodide. — Lead  chloride,  lead  bromide  and  lead 
iodide  were  dissolved  together  in  hot  water  and  allowed  to  crys- 
tallize. No  special  proportions  were  taken,  though  in  the  first 
experiment  an  excess  of  lead  iodide  was  probably  present.  In 
the  second,  more  lead  bromide  and  lead  chloride  were  present, 
with  the  bromide  probably  in  excess.  In  both  cases  the  iodide 
crystallized  out  abundantly,  immediately  on  cooling-.  The  sec- 
ond,  third  and  fourth  crops  of  crystals  were  taken  separately. 
They  were  like  one  another  in  appearance,  forming  masses  of 
long  silky  yellowish  white  needles.  Thev  combined  chlorine, 
bromine,  and  iodine.  Analyses  of  the  three  last  fractions  in  the 
second  experiment  gave  the  following  percentages  of  lead: 

I.  Pb=60.34;  II.  Pb=61.48;  III.  Pb=61.32.  Analysis 
of  the  fourth  fraction  gave,  IV.  Pb=61.57. 

There  seems  to  be  only  one  compound  formed,  as  in  I.  the 
analysis  was  probably  defective. 

From  these  experiments  it  is  evident  that  lead  has  quite  a 
facility  for  forming  double  compounds  with  the  halogens  and 
analogous  radicals,  forming  probably  in  many  cases  a  series  of 
such  salts  with  various  ratios  between  the  halogens,  all  being 
(piite  stable  and  crystallizing  nicely. 


14  JOURNAL   OF    THE 

ON  THE  CHORD  COMMON  TO  A  PARABOLA 
AND  THE  CIRCLE  OF  CURVATURE  AT 

ANY  POINT.* 


R.  H.  GRAVES. 


It  is  known  that  if  a  circle  meet  a  parabola  in  four  points  the 
sum  of  the  distances  of  the  points  on  one  side  of  the  axis  from 
it  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  distances  of  the  points  on  the  other 
side  from  it.  If  three  of  the  points  are  coincident,  the  circle 
becomes  the  circle  of  curvature,  and  the  distance  of  the  three 
coincident  points  (P)  from  the  axis  is  one-third  of  that  of  the 
fourth  point  from  the  axis. 

Hence  the  common  chord  of  the  circle  and  parabola  is  divided 
by  the  axis  in  the  ratio  1  : 3.  But  the  shorter  segment  of  the 
chord  is  equal  to  the  tangent  at  P,  since  they  are  equally  inclined 
to  the  axis.  Therefore  the  chord  is  equal  to  four  times  the  tan- 
gent. Let  y2=4ax  be  the  equation  to  the  parabala,  and  (x',  y') 
the  co-ordinates  of  P.     Then 

y— y'=— p  (x— x'),  or  yy'  +  2ax— fy,2=o, 
is  the  equation  to  the  chord. 

Differentiating  with  respect  to  y',  y=3y/;  hence  y2= — 12ax 
is  the  envelope  of  the  chord.  Also,  from  the  relation  y=3yr, 
it  follows  that  the  longer  segment  of  the  chord  is  equal  to  the 
corresponding  tangent  of  the  parabola  y2= — 12ax. 

The  point  P,  and  the  point  where  the  chord  prolonged  touches 
y2= — 12ax,  are  harmonic  conjugates  with  respect  to  the  points 
where  it  meets  the  axis  and  the  tangent  at  the  common  vertex  of 
the  parabolas. 

The  tangent  at  the  end  of  the  lotus  rectum  of  y2= — 12ax  is 
normal  to  y2=4ax  at  the  end  of  its  lotus  rectum,  and  therefore 
touches  its  evolute.  The  chord  is  then  a  diameter  of  the  circle 
of  curvature,  and  is  bisected  by  its  point  of  contact  with  the 
evolute. 

Hence  the  radius  of  curvature— twice  the  normal=4aj  2, 
which  agrees  with  a  known  result. 


*This  article  and  the  following  one  have  appeared  in  the  ''Annals  of  Mathematics." 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  15 


ON  THE  FOCAL  CHORD  OF  A  PARABOLA, 


* 


R.   H.  GRAVES. 


Let  y2=4ax  be  the  equation  to  a  parabola,  S  its  focus,  and 
PSPr  a  focal  chord.  Let  the  tangent  and  normal  at  P'  meet  the 
diameter  through  P  at  M  and  N. 

It  may  be  easily  proved  that  PM=PN=PP'  and  that  a  simi- 
lar property  holds  for  the  tangent  and  normal  at  P. 

Therefore,  if  two  equal  rhombs  be  constructed  on  PP'  having 
two  other  sides  of  each  parallel  to  the  axis,  their  diagonals  are 
tangents  and  normals  at  P  and  P' ;  and  the  tangent  at  one  point 
is  parallel  to  the  normal  at  the  other. 

Each  normal  chord  divides  the  other  in  the  ratio  1  :3. 

The  chord  joining  the  other  ends  of  the  normal  chords  is 
parallel  to  PP'  and  three  times  as  long. 

A  line  perpendicular  to  PPr  at  S,  and  terminated  by  this 
parallel  chord  and  the  pole  of  PP',  is  divided  by  S  in  the  ratio 
1:4. 

Hence  the  locus  of  the  foot  of  the  perpendicular  dropped 
from  S  on  the  parallel  chord  is  a  right  line,  whose  equation  is 
x=9a. 

Hence  the  envelope  of  the  parallel  chord  is  a  con  focal  para- 
bola, having  for  its  equation  y2=32a(9a — x). 

It  cuts  the  original  parabola  orthogonally  where  it  is  cut  by 
its  evolute. 


*This  article  has  been  translated  and  appeared  in  the  Jornal  de  Sciencias  Mathemat- 
icas  e  Astronomicas,  published  at  Coimbra. 


16  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

Contributions  from  the  Biological  Laboratory  <>f  the  Univ.  of  N.  ( 

No.  X. 


LIST  OF  FISHES  IN  THE  MUSEUM  OF  THE  UNI 
VERSITY  OF  NORTH  CAROLINA,  WITH 
DESCRIPTION  OF  A  NEW  SPECIES. 


V.  S.  BRYANT. 


Family  Sphyknid.k. 

1.  Reniceps  tiburo  (L.)   Gill.     Shovel-head    Shark;    Bonnet 

Head. 

Family  Lepidosteidj:. 

2.  Lepidosteus  osseus  (L.)  Agassiz.     Long-nosed  Gar;  Bill- 
fish  ;  Common  Gar  Pike. 

Family  SiLrRiD.E. 

3.  Amiurus  platycephalus  (Grd.)  Gill. 

4.  Amiurus  erebeunus  (Holbrook)  Jordan. 

5.  Amiurus  vulgaris  (Thompson)  Nelson. 

I).  Ictalurus  albidus  (Le  Senr)  J.  and  G.  White.     Cat ;  Chan- 
nel Cat  of  the  Potomac. 

Family  Cyprixidj:. 

7.  Mmmlus  diplaemius  (Raf.)  Hay.      Red-fin. 

Family  Clitpeid.e. 

8.  Clupea  mediocris  Mitchill.     Hickory   Shad;  Tailor   Her- 
ring; Fall  Herring. 

9.  Clupea  cestirali*  Mitchill.     Glut  Herring;  Bine  Back. 
10.    Clupea  sapidissima  Wilson.     Common  Shad. 

Family  Saemoxitu;. 

1 1 .  Salvelinusfontinalis  (Mitch.)  Gill  and  Jor.     Brook  Trout ; 

Speckled  Tront. 

Family   ANGUILIDJE. 

\'2.   Anguilla  rostrata  (Le  Senr)  De  Kay.     Common  Eel. 


ELISHA     MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    ><  ;<  IK  IV.  17 

Family  Scomberesocid^:. 

13.  Tylosurus  longirostr is  (Mitch.)  J.  and  (i.     Gar-fish;  Hill- 
fish  ;  NeedJe-fish. 

Family   Mugilid^e. 

14.  Mugil  albula  L.     Striped  Mullet. 

Family  Carangidje. 
1~>.    Caranx  hippus  (L.)  Gunther.     CrevallS;   Horse  Crevalle. 

16.  Selem     vomer    (I,.)    Lutken.     Moon-fish;     Look    Down; 

Horse-head. 

Family   Pomatomidje. 

17.  Pomatomus  s<tlt<it<>r   (L.)   Gill.       Blue-fish;    Green-fish; 

Skip-jack. 

Family  (  !entr  archive. 

18.  Prornoxys    annularis     Raf.     Crappie;     Batchelor;     New 
Light  :  < 'ampbellite.. 

P.).   Prornoxys  sparoides  (Lac.)   Grd.       Calico    Bass;    Grass 
Bass;   Barfish;  Strawberry  Bass. 

20.  Chaenobryttus  gulosus   (C.   and    V.)    -I<»r.      War   Mouth. 
Red-eyed  Bream. 

21 .  Lepomis gibbosus (  L.)  McKay.  Common  Sun-fish  ;  Bream  ; 
Pumpkin  Seed  ;  Sunny. 

22.  Micropterus  salmoides  (Lac.)   Henshall.      Large-mouthed 
Black  Bass;  Oswego  Bass;  Green  Bass;   Bayou  Bass. 

Family  Pei:<ii>.i:. 

23.  Perca  americana  Schranck.      Yellow    Perch;    American 
Perch  ;   Ringed  Perch. 

24.  Stigrostedium  vitreum  (Mitch.)  Jor.  and  Copeland.      Wall- 
eyed  Pike;   Dory;  Glass-eye;   Yellow    Pike;   Blue   Pike;  Jack 

Salmon. 

Family  Serranid.e. 

25.  Roccus  tinea tus  (Block)  Gill.     Striped    Bass;   Rock-fish; 
Rock. 

26.  Rocciis  americanus  J.  and  G.     White  Perch. 

27.  Serranus  atrarius  (L.)  J.  and  (i.      Black-fish  ;   Black  Sea 

Bass. 

Family  Siwimiu:. 

28.  Pomadasys  fulvomaculatus  (Mitch.)  J.  and   <i.     Sailor's 
(  Jhoice  ;   I  log-fish.  3 


18  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

2(.).   Diplodu8  rhomboides  (L.)  J.  and  G.     Pin  fish  ;  Bream. 

30.  Dlplodus  probatocephalu8  (Walb.)  J.  and  G.    Sheepshead. 

Family  Scianid.e. 

31.  Pogonias  chromis  (Linn.)  C.  and  V.  Drum. 

32.  Sciaena  oeellata  (L.)  Gthr.  Channel  Bass;  Red  Horse; 
Red  Bass. 

33.  IAostomus  xanthurus  Lac.  Spotj  Goody;  Oldwife;  La 
Fayette. 

34.  Cyonoscion  maeidatum  (Mitch.)  Gill.     Spotted  Sea  Tront. 

Family  Labrid.e. 

35.  Tautoga  onitis  (L.)  Gthr.  Tautog;  Black-fish;  Oyster- 
fish. 

Family  Triglid.e. 

36.  Prionotus  tribulus  Guv.  and  Val. 

37.  Prionotus  erolonus  Linn. 

Family  Batrachid.k. 

38.  Bat rachus  ton  (Linn.)  Cuv.  and  Val.  Toad-fish;  Oys- 
ter-fish; Sarpo. 

Family  Pleuronectid.e. 

39.  Paralichthys  dentatus  (L.)  J.  and  G.     Common  Flounder. 

Family  Tetrodontid.e. 

40.  Chilomyderus  pentodon  N.  Sp.  One  specimen  taken  in 
Beaufort  in  1882.  The  character  of  the  spines  noted  below 
was  first  discovered  by  Mr.  V.  S.  Bryant.* 

Fa m  i ly  Dorosom atid a  : . 

41.  Dorosoma  cepedianum  (L.  S.)  Gill.  Gizzard  Shad  ;  Hick- 
ory Shad. 


*Chilomycler us  pentodon  N.  Sp.  The  promiuent  character  of  this  species  is  the 
possession  of  four  roots  by  some  of  the  dorsal  spines.  There  are  seven  of 
these  spines  in  this  specimen,  arranged  as  follows  :  Four  in  a  transverse  row, 
forming  the  second  row  caudal  of  the  eyes  ;  two  in  a  transverse  row  behind 
these,  set  a  little  to  the  right  of  the  two  middle  ones  of  the  first  row  ;  two  in  a 
median  dorsal  row  behind  them;  and  one  in  the  centre  of  the  face  in  line  with 
the  anterior  edire  of  the  eyes.  Color  and  markings  much  as  in  Chilomycterus 
sc/ioepfi  (geometricnn).  but  in  addition  to  the  black  spots,  above  and  behind  pecto- 
rals, and  at  base  of  dorsal,  is  a  spot  on  each  side  a  little  in  front  of  the  caudal 
peduncle.  One  specimen  taken  at  Beaufort  in  1882.  The  character  of  the  spines 
differing  from  other  species  of  this  genus  was  first  discovered  by  Mr.  V.  S.  bry- 
ant.  Geo.  F.  Atkinson. 


E  LIS  HA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  19 


No.   XI. 


LIST  OF  THE  BUTTERFLIES  COLLECTED  AT 

CHAPEL  HILL,  N.  C. 


A.  BR  AS  WELL. 


Family  Papilionidj:. 

1.  Papilio  ajax  Linn.     Form  walshii  Edw. 

2.  Papilio  ajax.     Form  telamonides  Fekl. 

3.  Papilio philenor  Linn. 

4.  Papilio  asterias  Fab. 

5.  Papilio  troilus  Linn. 

6.  Papilio  palamedes  Drury. 

7.  Papilio  turnitx  Linn. 

8.  Papilio  turnvs  glauca  Linn. 
5).   Pivris  rapa   Linn. 

10.  Anthocaris  (/eniitia  Fab. 

11.  Ardhocaris  olympia  (?)  Edw. 

12.  Callydrias  euhale  Linn.     Seen,  not  taken. 

13.  Colias  eurytherne  Bd. 

1 4 .  Colias  ph  ilodice  G  od  t . 

15.  Terias  nieippe  Cram. 

16.  Terias  lisa  Bd-Lec. 

17.  Terias  deli  a  Cram. 

18.  Terias  jnciinila  Bd-Lec. 

Family   Xymphaliile. 

11).  Danais  archippus  Fab. 

20.  Argymw  diana  ('ram.     Balsam,  N.  C. 

21.  Argymis  cybele  Fab. 

22.  Argymis  aphrodite  Fab.     Balsam,  X.  C. 

23.  Eiiploieta  claudia  Cram. 

24.  Phydodes  thoros  Drury.     Summer  form   morpheuSj  var. 
A  —  1,  and    var.  A — 2.      Winter   form    marcia,   var.    B — 5,  var. 


20  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

D— 11,  var.  D— 12,  and  var.  D— 13.     Determined  by  Prof.  (J. 
H.  French,  Carbondale,  111. 

25.  Grapta  interrogationis  Fab.     Fabricii  Edw. 

26.  Grapta  interrogationis  mnhrosa  Lintn. 

27.  Grapta  comma  Harris,  Jiarrisii,  Edw. 

28.  Grapta  comma  dryas  Edw. 

29.  Vanessa  antiopa  Linn. 

30.  Pyrantels  atalanta  Linn. 

31.  Pyrameis  huntera  Fab. 

32.  Pyrameis  oardui  Linn. 

33.  Junonia  coenia  Hiib. 

34.  IAmenitis  insula  Fab. 

35.  IAmenitis  dissippus  Godt. 

36.  Neonympha  gemma,  Hiib. 

37.  Neonympha  eurytris  Fab. 

38.  Satyrus  alope  Fab. 
3  9 .  Sa  ty  i  •  i  ts  peg  ale  Fab. 

40.  Libythea  baehmanni  Ki-rtl. 

41.  Theda  halesus  Cram. 

42.  Theda  m.  album  Bd-Lec. 

43.  Theda  calanus  Hiib. 

44.  Theda  smilaois  Bd-Lec. 

45.  Theda  humuli  Han*. 

46.  Theda  poeas  Hiib. 

47.  Theda  niphon  Hiib. 

48.  Chrysophanus  hypophleas  Bd. 

49.  Lyccena  pseudargiolus  Bd-Lec. 

50.  Lyccena  comyntas  Godt. 

Family  HESPERIJ)JE. 

51.  Ancyloxypha  numiter  Fab. 

52.  Pamphi/a  metea  Scud. 

53.  Pamphila  huron  Edw. ' 

54.  Pamphila  otho  Sm-Abb. 

55.  Pamphila  accius  Sm-Abb. 

56.  Pamphila  maeulata  Edw. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  21 

57.  Pamphila  peekius  Kirby. 

58.  Amblyeertes  eos.     Edw. 

59.  Amblyeertes  via  lis  Edw. 

60.  Pyrgus  tessellata  Scud. 

61.  Nisioniades  juvencdis  Fab. 

62.  Nisioniades  brizo  Bd-Leo. 
(>:5.  Nisioniades  icelus  Lintn. 
64.  Nisioniades  martialis  Scud. 
(i^).  Pholisora  catullus  Fab. 
G6.  Eudamus  pi/lades  Scud. 

67.  Eadamus  bathyllus  Sm-Abb. 

68.  Eudamus  tityrus  Fab. 

69.  Eudamus  lyddas  Sm-Abb. 


No.  XII. 


AQUATIC  RESPIRATION  IN  THE  MUSK-RAT. 


W.  L.  SPOON. 


During  the  winter  of  1879-'80  I  spent  much  of  my  time 
trapping  the  musk-rat,  and  had  rare  opportunities  for  studying 
their  habits.  I  have  frequently  noticed  an  ingenious  device,  to 
serve  as  an  apparatus  for  aquatic  respiration,  resorted  to  by  the 
animal  when  driven  from  its  burrow  into  a  pond  frozen  over. 
In  attempting  to  cross  the  pond  under  the  ice,  if  the  pond  is  too 
wide  for  the  musk-rat  to  "hold  its  breath"  until  it  reaches  the 
opposite  shore,  it  will  stop  for  a  few  moments,  exhale  the  air, 
which  is  held  down  by  the  ice.  Interchange  of  gases  takes 
place  between  the  air  and  water,  when  the  animal  re-breathes 
the  air  and  makes  another  start,  repeating  the  act  until  the  shore 
is  reached. 

I  do  not  claim  this  as  an  original  observation.  Others  than 
myself  have  noticed  it.     It  is  well   known   by  those  who  have 


22 


.JOURNAL    OF    THE 


observed  the  phenomenon  that  if  the  ice  is  struck  immediately 
above* the  air,  and  the  air  thus  scattered  into  numerous  bubbles, 
the  musk-rat  drowns.  Having  noticed  an  account  by  Professor 
(  lomstock*  of  the  use,  by  the  "water  boatman,"  of  a  bubble  of 
air  for  a  tracheal  gill,  I  would  call  attention  to  this  interesting 
feature  in  the  physiology  of  respiration  of  the  musk-rat. 


CHANGES  IN  BOTTLED  SAMPLES  OF  ACID  PHOS- 
PHATE WITH  CONSTANT  PERCENTAGE  OF 
WATER,  AND  ORDINARY  TEMPERATURE. 


WILLIAM   H.  PHILLIPS. 


Several  years  ago,  when  Chemist  to  the  Navassa  Guano  Co., 
Wilmington,  N.  C,  it  occurred  to  me  to  determine  the  changes 
taking  place  in  a  sample  of  acid  phosphate  drawn  directly  from 
the  mixer,  bottled  and  cooled,  and  examined  every  week  for 
twelve  consecutive  weeks.  The  results  have  been  on  hand  since 
that  time,  as  it  was  hoped  to  supplement  them  by  others  of  the 
same  kind.  The  opportunity  of  adding  to  them  does  not  pre- 
sent itself,  and  as  they  may  prove  of  interest  they  are  given  as 
obtained  then. 

The  rock  used  was  Charleston  rock  of  the  following  compo- 
sition : 

PER    CENT. 


Moisture  @  100° 

V^.j 

6.52 

Loss  at  red  heat, 

.                           .                           1 

3.83 

Insoluble  Silica, 

.                              . 

17.84 

Soluble  Silica, 

.                   . 

0.10 

Carbonic  Acid,     . 

.                              . 

2.80 

Phosphoric  Acid, 

•                          •                          I 

.       22.82 

Lime, 

.                              . 

33.60 

Oxide  of  Iron, 

.                              .                              . 

11.56 

99.07 


All  of  it  passed  a  60°  seive. 


^American  Naturalist.  June,  1887. 


ELTSHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  23 

The  charge  was : 

Rock,        ♦ 1,200  lbs. 

Sulphuric  Acid  47°  B,  1,050    " 

The  temperature  of  the  acid  was  60°  C.  (140°  F.),  the  tem- 
perature in  the  mixer  82°  C.  (180°  F.).  The  mixture  was 
stirred  vigorously  for  three  minutes,  sampled,  and  dumped.  The 
sample  was  put  into  a  tightly-corked  bottle,  cooled  at  once,  and 
analyzed.  The  analytical  method  throughout  was  that  of  the 
Association  of  Official  Chemists  for  1884.  For  the  'determina- 
tion of  free  phosphoric  acid  the  following  method  was  employed  : 
Two  grams  (2  grms.)  substance  were  extracted  with  200  c.  c.  80° 
alcohol,  and  the  phosphoric  acid  estimated  in  the  filtrate.  The 
calculation  was : 

X=free  P205. 
Y=P205  as  CaH4P2Os. 
P=P205  extracted  by  water. 
Q=P205  extracted  by  80°  alcohol. 


Th 


en 


P=X+Y. 

Q=X+iY. 
X=2Q— P. 
Y=2(P— Q). 

After  finding,  by  several  careful  determinations,  that  the  dry- 
basis  total  P2()5  was  15.84  per  cent.,  for  convenience  of  compari- 
son the  following  table  was  constructed  : 


24 


JOURNAL   OF   THE 


TABLE    No.    I. 


c 
/. 

CS 

/. 
/. 

>. 
o! 

- 

P 

S 

> 


At  mixing. 
End  of  ls<  week 
"      2d 
"      3d 
"       4th 
"      5th 
"      6th 

7th 
"  8th 
"  9th 
"   10th 

llth 

L2th 


Bach  Analysis  on  Watee-fbee  Basis.     Total 
p2o5  for  each=^15.84  pkr  cent. 


« 


a 
c 
< 


406 
411 
414 
120 
424 
433 

,,-, 

441 
445 
150 
4.-,:, 
157 
463 


> 


o 


_. 

- 

-*- 

eg 

£ 

a 

-0 

•" 

a 
- 

- 
1 

P 

■i. 

- 

-= 

* 

s    - 


—  o 

C  •  - 

x  ■- 


-      T      -  c 
■  -  .< 

/   <  K    _ 


Pr.  ct. 

11.81 

1:5.34 

13.45 

13.45 

13.44 

13.09 

12.89 

12.42 

12.27 

13.62 

12.83 

12.92 

13.08 


Pr.  ct. 
4.04 
2.50 
2.39 
2.39 
2  K» 
2.75 
2.95 
3.42 
3.57 
2.22 
3.01 
2.92 
2.76 


Pr.ct.'Pr.  ct. 


L.58 

1.58 
L.72 
1.27 
1.79 
1.21 
2.(56 
2.90 
3.19 
1.78 
3.01 
2.60 
2.4  1 


2.45 

0.92 
0.G7 
1.12 
0.61 
0.54 
0.29 
0.52 
0.38 
0.44 

0.00 

0.32 
0.32 


Phos.  Acid. 

-  -  "^ 

site 

55  0  08 

'•-  — 
<  c 

0 
Pr.  ct. 

36     - 

I  - 

—  :. 

- 

-*- 

OS 

Pr.  ct. 

Pr.  ct. 

1.81 

10.00 

27.7.-. 

5.90 

7.43 

27.65 

4.68 

8.77 

27.7:; 

6.24 

7.20 

27.80 

6.16 

7.28 

27.78 

4.31 

8.78 

27.80 

0.17 

6.72 

27.711 

6.33 

0.08 

27.70 

5.24 

7.03 

27.70 

4.77 

8.85 

27.711 

5.56 

7.41 

27.70 

5.89 

7.03 

27.70 

6.22 

6.86 

27.70 

T    9 

|s 

—  -/ 

'5 

< 


<  calculated 

Analysis. 


Pr.  ct 
13.39 
1 1.112 
15.17 
14.72 
15.23 
14.30 
1 5.55 
15.32 
15.46 
15.40 
15.84 
15.52 
L5.52 


Pr.  ct. 

P205Tot.  16.00 

"      Sol.  12.29 

"      In-) 
sol.  in    \  3.71 
Water    ) 

Water        24.:.  1 


ELISHA    MITCHELL  SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY, 


25 


Another  table    was  constructed,  taking:    the   dry-lxasis   total 
phosphoric  acid  as  KM*  from  cadi  analysis, 

TABLE    No.    II. 

THE  DRY-BASIS  TOTAL  PHOS    ACID  IN   EACH   ANALYSIS  IS  10 


J. 

.• 

^ 

• 

:  .    & 

u 

-1  ' 

—  Xs 

•  * 

-r  ~ 

~    — 

— 

3  a "Si 

•  f-l    g* 

—  1-^ 

7  > 

— :o   ~ 

'  '.7  3 

«-".  -r  ~ 

5  ^ 

-   "* 

JZ~Z 

— 
—    7 

< 

1      ~ 

p 

Z 

*—  .~ 

"3  — 

~3 '-      — 

/ 

c 

i 

£j 

"5 

-  _  7 

'S   . ~~ 

z 

"7"  — 

C 

i 

*•" 

-: 

<     - 

— 

<s- 

pH 

-*""    — 

- 
= 

5 

•J. 

i. 

: 

»!  •- 

^ 

I 

J.  — 

._ 

— 

_* 

B_* 

— —  — 

r_ 

—    {J 

- 

< 

- 

- 

- 

d, 

— 

- 

At  mixing. 

Calculated. 

76.S 

23.20 

.. 

IOC 

74.C2 

25.   • 

- 

15.40 

11.43 

63.19 

End  of  l  -t  week. 

ill 

84.74 

15.2G 

9.98 

■ 

37.31 

17.43 

"      2<  1 

<i 

in 

84.74 

15.26 

10.£ 

4.41 

29.59 

55.15 

"      3d 

- 

120 

84.74 

15.26 

8.02 

7.24 

1.52 

15  22 

"       ■IMi 

U 

l    1 

si. 71 

L5.27 

11.30 

3.97 

38.91 

15.82 

"      5th 

u 

133 

'.1 

17.36 

7.63 

27.25 

"      Gth 

" 

435 

81.30 

18.70 

16.81 

1.89 

39.00 

12.24 

-       7th 

-■ 

111 

78.74 

21.26 

l-  31 

2.95 

10.00 

:;> 

"      8th 

£< 

i  i:> 

77.52 

22.48 

20.10 

2.32 

33.11 

44.44 

"      9th 

M 

ln(i 

21 

13.79 

11.23 

2.56 

30.12 

.V 

-      [nth 

C< 

155 

81.30 

L8.70 

18.70 

0.0(1 

35.09 

46.21 

-      llth 

it 

157 

B1 

i-  ;i 

16.42 

2.02 

54 

••      i.'tl, 

t( 

82.64 

17.36 

15 

1.98 

■  21 

i  . 

26 


JOURNAL   OF   THE 


A  third  table  was  constructed  showing  the  phosphoric  acid 
extracted  by  80  per  cent,  alcohol,  and  the  percentage  of  insolu- 
ble phosphoric  acid  in  the  residue  from  alcohol.  The  total  dry- 
basis  phosphoric  acid  is  taken  as  100  from  each  analysis. 

TABLE   No.     III. 

THE  DRY-BASIS  TOTAL  P208  IN  EACH  ANALYSIS  IS  100. 


_■ 

DO 

M 

i — " 

.— 

o 

* 

—  cj 

o 

o 

go 
.2 

"o 

o 

o  _  — 

o 

Xi 

o 

73         CJ 

i< 

<*- 
O 

C 

Si 

•  a 
c  ® 

'it 

3  « 

■o  c  < 

ill 

o>  c  — 

-w  X  *C 

•— 

CO  c  ^ 
<B  £  <u 

a 

o 
6 

ID    J- 

~»ft 

is        V 

in         5? 

£ 

£ 

dn 

Oh 

(£ 

c 

At  mixing. 

406 

42.95 

57.05 

34.06 

22.99 

End  of  1st  week. 

411 

61.38 

38.62 

9.08 

29.54 

"      2d      " 

414 

60.13 

39.87 

7.62 

32.25 

"      3d      " 

420 

65.61 

34.39 

6.93 

27.4G 

"      4th     " 

424 

63.13 

36.87 

6.11 

30.76 

"      5th     " 

433 

58.21 

41.79 

5.09 

36.70 

"      6th     " 

435 

64.47 

35.53 

4.06 

31.47 

"      7th     " 

441 

65.10 

34.90 

4.-71 

30.19 

"      8th     " 

445 

59.10 

40.90 

3.51 

37.39 

"      9th     " 

450 

59.84 

40.16 

2.53 

37.63 

"      10th  " 

4.V> 

59.84 

4M.16 

3.51 

36.65 

"      11th  " 

457 

63.11 

36.89 

3.22 

33.67 

"      12th   " 

40:; 

64.43 

35.57 

2.59 

32.98 

What  can  be  deduced  from  these  results?  Let  us  first  con- 
sider the  soluble  phosphoric  acid,  as  exhibited  in  Table  No.  I? 
with  a  constant  amount  of  total  phosphoric  acid.  Starting  at 
11.81  per  cent,  at  mixing  it  rises  to  13.34  (a  gain  of  1.57  per 
cent.)  in  one  week.  The  highest  gain  is  at  the  end  of  the  ninth 
week — 1.81  per  cent. — so  that  we  may  say  that  under  the  condi- 
tions of  the  experiment  there  is  but  little  change  in  the  soluble 
phosphoric  acid  after  the  first  week.  These  conditions  were 
exclusion  of  air,  constant  moisture  and  ordinary  temperature. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  27 

PHOSPHORIC   ACID    INSOLUBLE    IX    WATER. 

At  mixing  4. 04  per  cent.,  at  end  of  first  week  2.50  per  cent., 
a  loss  of  1.54  per  cent.  The  greatest  loss  was  at  the  end  of  the 
ninth  week — 1.82  per  cent.,  corresponding  to  the  gain  in  soluble 

phosphoric  acid. 

REVERTED    PHOSPHORIC    ACID. 

At  mixing  1.58  per  cent.,  at  end  of  first  week  1.58  per  cent. 
The  greatest  difference  was  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  week,  when  it 
had  fallen  to  1.2J  per  cent.,  a  loss  of  0.37  per  cent.  At  the  end 
of  the  ninth  week  there  was  a  gain  of  0.20  per  cent. 

"insoluble"  phosphoric  acid. 

At  mixing  2.45  per  cent.,  at  end  of  first  week  0.92  per  cent., 
and  at  end  of  tenth  week  there  was  none. 

It  is  unnecessary  to  proceed  further  in  this  way:  the  figures 
stand  for  themselves. 

The  chief  point  of  interest  is  that  the  changes  taking  place  in 
acid  phosphates,  whereby  more  or  less  insoluble  reverted  phos- 
phates are  produced,  are  due  mainly  to  the  high  temperature  in 
the  heaps.  This  temperature  may  at  times  he  as  high  as  240' 
F.,  and  appears  to  induce  the  formation  of  iron-calcium  phos- 
phates, or,  if  aluminum  he  present,  of  iron-aluminum-calcium 
phosphate-,  li'  some  method  could  he  devised  by  which  a  rapid 
cooling  of  the  freshly  made  acid  phosphate  could  lie  attained,  we 
would  hear  less  of  reversion.  This  is  more  particularly  the 
case  when  mineral  phosphates  containing  considerable  quantities 
of  iron  and  aluminum  are  w>v(\  for  the  manufacture  of  acid 
phosphates. 

With  the  present  condition  of  the  fertilizer  trade,  however, 
the  product  must  he  made  in  large  quantities  and  stored  in  ware- 
houses, where  it  often  reaches  a  higher  temperature  than  in  the 
mixer.  In  the  warehouse  the  stuff  dries  itself,  becomes  light 
and  porous,  ami  i-  easily  disintegrated,  which  i-  uol  the  case  if 
it  he  rapidly  cooled  a-  it  <'<>ni«--  from  the  mixer.     ( )n  the  whole, 


28  JOURNAL    OF  THE 

it  is  far  better,  both  for  the  manufacturer  and  the  consumer,  to 
secure  a  product  easily  pulverized,  with  a  moderate  amount  of 
insoluble  phosphate  remaining,  than  one  in  lumps,  sticky  and 
unmanageable,  though  nearly  all  soluble  in  water.  Reversion 
takes  place  very  quickly  in  the  soil  any  way,  and  diffusihility  is 
of  prime  importance. 


CONTRIBUTIONS   FROM   THE   BIOLOGICAL    LABORATORY    OF    THE    UNIV.    OF   N.   C. 

No.  XIII. 


NEW  INSTANCES  OF  PROTECTIVE  RESEM- 
BLANCE IN  SPIDERS. 


GEO.  F.  ATKINSON. 


Within  the  past  two  years  two  interesting  eases  of  protective 
resemblance  have  come  under  my  observation.  A  small  species, 
Thomisus  aleatorius  Hentz,  is  remarkable  for  having  the  two 
anterior  pairs  of  legs  very  long,  while  the  two  posterior  pairs 
are  very  slender  and  short.  The  spider  is  very  common  on 
grass.  One  summer  day,  while  reclining  in  the  shade,  I  watched 
an  individual  of  this  species  as  it  passed  from  one  culm  to  an- 
other. Soon  it  ran  up  the  stem  a  short  distance  and  suddenly 
disappeared  from  view.  For  some  time  I  was  greatly  puzzled 
as  to  the  manner  of  its  disappearance.  Upon  close  scrutiny, 
I  saw  the  spider  clinging  with  its  posterior  legs  to  the  stem. 
Its  two  anterior  legs  on  each  side  were  approximated  and  ex- 
tended outward,  forming  an  angle  with  the  stem,  strikingly 
similar  to  the  angle  formed  by  the  spikelets. 

An  undescribed  species  of  Cyrtarachne  mimics  a  snail  shell, 
the  inhabitant  of  which  during  the  summer  and  fall  is  very 
abundant  on  the  leaves  of  plants  in  this  place.  In  the  species 
of  Cyrtarachne  the  abdomen  partly  covers  the  cephalothorax,  is 
very  broad  at  the  base,  in  this  species  broader  than  the  length 
of  the  spider,  and  rounds  off  at  the  apex.  When  it  rests  upon 
the  underside  of  a  leaf  with  its  legs  retracted  it  strongly  resem- 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  29 

bles  one  of  these  snail  shells  by  the  color  and  shape  of  its  abdo- 
men.  The  two  specimens  which  I  collected  deceived  me  at  first, 
but  a  few  threads  of  silk  led  me  to  make  an  examination.  The 
spider  seemed  so  confident  of  its  protection  that  it  would  not 
move  when  I  jarred  the  plant,  striking  it  several  hard  blows. 
I  pulled  the  spider  forcibly  from  the  leaf,  and  it  did  not  exhibit 
any  signs  of  movement  until  transferred  to  the  cyanide  bottle. 
The  cocoons  which  I  have  found  here  are  also  protected  by 
mimicry.  They  are  essentially  like  those  of  Cyrtarachne  bisac- 
cata  Emert.*  They  are  dark  brown,  about  12mm  in  diameter, 
and  are  provided  on  two  opposite  sides  with  stems  made  of  the 
same  colored  silk,  about  5mm  in  diameter.  The  whole  structure, 
which  is  hung  in  the  branches  of  some  weed,  strongly  resembles 
an  insect  gall  made  on  the  stem  of  some  plant.  As  the  species 
seems  to  be  new,  I  append  a  description. 

Cyrtarachne  multilineata,  N.  Sp.  Middle  eyes  on  a  slight 
elevation,  forming  a  trapezium,  the  posterior  a  little  larger  and 
farther  apart  than  the  anterior.  Side  eyes  at  a  distance,  very 
close  to  each  other,  also  on  a  slight  elevation.  Ceph'x  brownish, 
rising  gradually  from  the  low  head  to  the  abdomen,  which  partly 
covers  it,  not  narrowed  behind  the  eyes,  convex  on  the  sides, 
covered  with  minute  tubercles,  the  two  dorsal  elongated  promi- 
nences ending  each  in  two  blunt  points.  Abdomen  triangular, 
sides  slightly  convex,  angles  rounded,  ventral  surface  deeply 
concave.  Anterior  one-third  of  abdomen  hair  brown  mottled 
with  the  ground  color — ecru  drab — a  pair  of  large  spots  of  the 
ground  color  near  the  posterior  edge  of  the  brown.  On  the 
posterior  part  of  the  abdomen  are  several  transverse  bars  of  hair 
brown,  becoming  successively  narrower  and  shorter  toward  the 
apex.  Four  of  the  muscular  impressions  very  deep.  Sides  and 
posterior  part  of  the  abdomen  marked  with  numerous  hair  brown 
depressed  lines,  starting  from  near  the  ventral  surface,  and  pars- 
ing up  over  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  edge,  four  of  those  on  the 
posterior  part  passing  up  nearly  to  the  posterior  pair  of  deep 
muscular  impressions.     On  the  ventral  surface  there  is  a  rect- 


♦Trans.  Conu.  Acad.  Sci.,  Vol.  VI,  1884,  p.  325. 


30  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

angular  spot  extending  from  the  spinnerets  to  the  anterior  edge, 
the  anterior  half  of  this  brown,  the  posterior  white;  the  de- 
pressed lines  arise  from  the  sides  of  this  spot.  Legs  light-col- 
ored. Described  from  two  females.  Length  of  the  larger 
13mm,  abdomen  15mm  broad,  10mm  long;  length  of  the  smaller 
llmm,  abdomen  13mm  broad,  9mm  long. 


No.  XIV. 


NOTE  ON  THE  TUBE-INHABITING  SPIDER, 
LYCOSA  FATIFERA  HENTZ. 


G.  F.  ATKINSON. 


There  seems  to  be  a  general  impression  that  the  tube-building 
1/ycosidce  do  not  use  their  holes  for  such  a  permanent  abiding 
place  as  do  the  trap-door  spiders.  Good  authorities  hold  that  a 
majority,  and  perhaps  all,  use  the  tube  only  as  a  winter  resort, 
or  for  a  retreat  in  the  summer  during  the  time  of  moulting, 
though  the  testimony  on  this  point  is  by  no  means  universal. 
There  seems  good  reason,  however,  for  believing  that  nearly  all 
desert  their  tubes  during  the  spring  and  summer  at  times,  and 
wander  in  search  of  their  prey.  Indeed,  there  are  indications 
that  there  are  latitudinal  as  well  as  seasonal  variations  in  the 
habits  of  the  family,  i.  e.,  that  in  northern  latitudes  propor- 
tionately a  greater  number  make  no  tubes  than  in  southern  lati- 
tudes. The  latitudinal  variation  might  be  called  genetic,  in  that 
many  species  of  the  genus  in  northern  latitudes  hide  away  under 
stones,  etc.,  making  no  tubes  at  all;  while  in  southern  latitudes 
many  other  species  of  the  same  genus  construct  tubes,  some  few 
using  them  habitually,  many  others  temporarily.  On  the  other 
hand,  seasonal  variations  might  be  called  specific,  in  that  most 
species  in  any  latitude  which  construct  tubes  use  them  only  dur- 
ing inclement  seasons  or  during  periods  of  weakness.  One  spe- 
cies I  have  observed  here,  Lycosa  fatifera  Hentz,  habitually  uses 
its  tube  at  all  seasons,  never,  or  very  rarely,  wandering  in  search 
of  prey.     I  have  many  times  watched  them  resting  at  the  open- 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  31 

ing  of  the  tube,  waiting  for  passing  insects.  '  They  will  dart 
back  into  their  tubes  when  alarmed.  Hentz  reported  this  spe- 
cies from  Massachusetts  and  Alabama.  I  have  made  special 
investigations  upon  the  species  in  North  Carolina,  with  a  view 
to  establish,  if  possible,  the  identity  of  Hentz's  species  fatifera, 
and  the  correctness  of  his  statement  that  it  uses  the  tube  habitu- 
ally at  all  seasons.  The  species  can  be  easily  recognized  from 
Hentz's  description.  The  one  I  find  here  is  the piceous  variety, 
which  Hentz  reported  from  Alabama,  and  not  the  typical  form 
from  Massachusetts. 


TEMPERATURE  AND  RAIN-FALL  AT  VARIOUS 
STATIONS  IN  NORTH  CAROLINA. 


J.  A.  HOLMES. 


The  accompanying  tables  of  temperature  and  precipitation  at 
stations  in  North  Carolina  include  the  results  of  all  observations 
accessible,  collected  from  different  sources.  As  a  basis  for  the 
whole,  I  have  made  use  of  the  MS.  records  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  North  Carolina,  from  observations  made  under  the 
direction  of  the  late  Professor  W.  C.  Kerr  (stations  marked  "a': 
in  the  tables).  A  few  records  (b)  have  been  taken  from  Kerr's 
Report  on  the  Geology  of  North  Carolina,  1875  (pp.  71  and 
83);  a  considerable  number  have  been  taken  from  the  Smith- 
sonian Temperature  Tables,  1876,  and  the  Smithsonian  MS. 
records  '(c),  and  from  the  published  reports  or  MS.  records  of 
the  United  States  Signal  Service  (d).  A  few  records  (e)  have 
been  furnished  by  the  North  Carolina  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station  at  Raleigh. 

Except  where  otherwise  noted  the  observations  have  been 
taken  daily  at  7  A.  M.,  2  p.  M.,  and  9  p.  m.  The  daily  mean 
has  generally  been  obtained  by  dividing  the  sum  of  the  7  a.  m., 
2  p.  M.,  and  twice  the  9  P.  M.  (local  time)  observations  by  4;  the 
monthly,  by  dividing  the  sum  of  the  daily  by  the  number  of 
days  in  the  month.  Temperatures  for  the  region  are  averages 
of  stations  in  each  region. 


32 


JOURNAL   OF   THE 


Monthly,  Seasonal,  and  Annual  Mean  Temperature  (in  Degrees 

Commencement 

[Records  of  stations  are  to  be  credited  to  the  following  sources,  as  indicated  in  each 
logical  Survey;  b  Kerr's  Geology  of  N.  C,  1875;  c  Smithsonian  Temperature  Tables, 

e  MS.  records  of  the  N.  C. 


Station. 


Vlbemarle — b 

Asheville— a  and  c. 
(1)  Attaway  Hill— a. 

Bakersville— a 

Banner's  Elk— a.... 

Beaufort — a 

Boone— a  and  b 36°14' 

Brevard— d 35°14' 


«3 


35°18' 
35°3G' 
35025' 
360  3' 

36°10' 
34°42' 


be 

a 
o 
■J 


J3 

Z 
- 


(2)  Carthage— a 

Cashier's  Valley— a 

<  Impel  Hill— a  and  c... 

( lharlotte — a  and  d 

Coinjock — a 

DAvidson  College— b... 

Edent6n — a 

El  worth— d 35O30' 

Fayetteville— a  and  b..!35°  5' 
Flat  Rock— d 3503C 


35°23' 
35°  4' 
35°54' 
35°15' 
36°20' 
35°32' 
30°  4' 


Forest  Hill— a  

Franklin — a  and  b.. 

(4)  Gaston— c 

1  i    dsboro — c 


35°16' 

35°]  ?,' 
3C°28' 
35°21' 


Greensboro — a  and  b...  36°  5' 


35°38' 


Greenville — a 

Hanging  Dog— d 35011' 

Hatteras,  Cape-c  &d..J35°14' 
Henry— a 35016' 


Highlands— a ... 

II":  Springs— d 


35°  5' 

:;r,oin' 


80°  11' 

82e28' 

MlOHO' 

820  c' 
81°52' 
7GO40' 
81°39' 
82°46' 
79°26' 
83°  5' 
79°17' 

s(i°.:,i' 

75°52' 

80°51' 

76°41' 

82O20' 

78°53' 

81028' 

83°  4' 

83°15' 

77°38' 

78°  2' 

79°50' 

77°22' 

so  43' 

75°30' 

82014' 

83°25' 

83°10' 


650 
2250 

850 

2550 


12 

3250 
2200 


3812 

500 

785 

20 

850 

30 

2400 

170 

2500 

2141 

152 

107 

843 

35 


.    3 
-    fa 

X    _L" 


a.  = 


39 
38 
38 
36 
32 
45 
33 
37 
39 
38 
40 
H 
41 
42 
10 
35 
43 
33 


42 

in 

40 
39 
33 

44 
33 
11 
46 
Yl 
II 
44 
42 
II 
12 
35 
44 


IT 
46 
47 
3S 
34 
49 
37 
46 
50 
46 
49 
50 
48 
.Ml 
45 
4:; 
54 


>, 


-a   '-a 


18  57 

:,:;  65 


59  68 


36  44 


38  39  45 


38 
37 
42 

11 
II 


20 


4000 
1330 


40  II 
42  48 


I- 
44 

46 


a 

:l  z_ 

-  X    1 

-  X    - 


71  78 
66  72 
62  66 
77  80 
65  G9 
68 


70  57  46 


64  53 


69 


71  65 


7:,  78 
76  80 


7 'J  75  04  56  48 


72 
74 
73 
71 

70 


43  39 
16  50 
38  12 
35  13 


55  01 
53  63 
:,1  66 
61 

:,s 
59 
54 
56 


79 
76 

80 
75 

Ml 


64 

70 

78 
64 
76 
77 
76 
80 
80 
73 
7> 


62  18 


34  30 


:( 


- 
X 

E 
E 

X    3D 


56  77 
54  71 
56  76 

50  71 

42 


72 


60 


63 


.VI 


13 
17 
40 


7i;  00  5n 
71  60  49 
71  61  51 


68  71 
72  74 
68  71 


64  57 
72  58 

65  59 
71  62 


69  64  54 


43 

40 
34 
42 
42 
42 
43 
36 
36 


71 
77 
70 
76 


69 
69 

07 

7n 
65  74 

71 


7(i  62  53 
70  '1  53 
76168  58 
79  73  62  51 
70  71  61  48 
77  72  62  51 


19  ;:; 

46  33 

43  39 
41  37 

47  4(i 
44 
41 


59 

17 

55 

59 

51 

59 

59 

56 

58 

57 

55 

61 

54 

54 

53 


7'.'  7s 

I 
72  71 

5  68  65 


71 


65  56 


78 

>\t; 

78 
04 
70 
78 
76 
77 
78 
73 
78 
69 
72 
7d 


40 

38 
39 
38 
34 
45 
32 

In 

12 

38 


60  42 
60  42 


61 
55 
59 
56 
61 
56 
53 


56  76 


42 
42 
39 

34 

l:; 


60 

51 

59 
60 
59 

58 

-> 

55 

01 

34153  18 
39  55' 19 


1 
2 

3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 

10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 
17 


54  38 
58*40 
62  45 
60  I- 
62  II 


57  43  :;•">  54 


59  51  41  33  50 


76  7:;  69  55  4s  4(i 


77 
71 
66 

7:'. 


65  16 
55  36 
50  34 

:.7  ... 


20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
25 
26 
27 


50  28 
29 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY 


33 


Fahrenheit)  at  Stations  in  North  Carolina.  {Computed  from  the 
of  Observations). 

ease  by  the  letter  or  letters  accompanying  the  name:  a  MS.  records  of  the  N.  C.  <*eo- 
1876,  and  MS.  records;  d  Annual  Reports  and  MS.  records  of  the  U.S.  Signal  Service; 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 


SF.UIF.S. 

Begins.  Ends. 


Aug., 
April, 
Oct., 
Dec, 

6  Feb., 

7  

Jan., 

June, 

Dec, 

Jan., 

Sept., 

Jan., 

Nov., 

Jan., 

April, 

Mar., 

Aug., 

April, 

Mar., 

Oct., 

Jan., 


1S57 Mar.,  1880 

1861 Dec,  is::', 

1871 May,  187G 

Is?:. July,  1877 

L872 Dec,  1872 


EXTENT. 

Yrs.  Mos. 


Observers. 


8 
9 

10 

11 

12 

13 
14 
15 

16 

17 
18 
10 
20 
21 
22 
23 
_M 
25 
26 
27 
28 


L884 Mar.,  1885 

1880 Dec,  1882 

1881 Ian.,  1883 

1820 Dec,  1886 

1871 Dec,  1883 

is::, Dec,  1881 

1857 Dec,  1859 

1872 Tuly,  Is::; 

L880 Nov.,  1881 

1871 Dec,  1882 

1884 June,  1—7 

1872 Feb.,  1880 

1872 Dee.,  1882 

1856 Mar.,  1861 

1850 Dec,  1>'7:; 


Mar..  lsT.". Nov.,  L881 

Dec,  1886 May,  1887 

Oct.,  1874 Dec,  L883 

April,  1880 Nov..  1881 

Jan.,  1877 Dec,  1882 

June,  1887 De<- .  is- 


4 

0 

11 

3 

7 

7 

1 

9 

0 

11 

0 

11 

?, 

1 

1 

3 

9 

T 

1 

2 

8  

0 

6 

2 

2 

0 

1    

1 

r. 

8! 

0 

l 

9 

4 

8 

8  

7 

4 

6 

7 

0 

10 

9 

6 

9 

u 

5 

T 6 

1 

8 

G 

0 

T 

I'.  S.  Agricultural  Department. 

J Drs.  J.  F.  E.  and  J.  G.  Hardy. 
(Dr.  W.  Gleitsman. 

F.  J.  Kron. 
J.  H.  Green. 

J.  S.  Hill  and  E.  H.  Banner. 

J.  Rum  ley. 

W.  B.  Council. 

United  States  Signal  Service. 

Hugh  Leach. 

Dr.  H.  P.  Satchell. 

Jos.  Caldwell,  Jas.  Phillips,  etc 

G.  B.  Hanna  and  U.  S.  Signal  Observer. 
H.  B.  Ansell. 

W.  C.  Kerr. 

R.  W.  and  M.  A.  Hines. 

J.  M.  Worth. 

J.  M.  Worth  and  others. 

E.  R.  Memminger. 

Mrs.  D.  D.  Davis  and  Hattie  E.  Long. 

Albert  and  Mrs.  Siler. 

Dr.  G.  F.  Moore. 

D.  Morrille,  etc. 

S.  A.  Howard,  etc. 

Dr.  C.  J.  O'Hagan,  etc. 

D.  W.  Deweese. 

G.  Onslow,  etc. 

J.  M.  Worth. 

Baxter  White,  etc 


34 


JOriJXAL    OF    THK 


Station. 


so 

E 
O 


Jackson  36°20'  77°25' 


Kelly's 34°29' 

Kenansville— e 34°58' 

Kinston — a H-_>°  1  * ; ' 

Kitty  Hawk— d 36°  4' 

Leaksville— a 36O30' 

Lenoir — a  and  b 35°57' 

Lincolnton— d 35°29' 

Lookout,  Cape— c 34°36' 

Lumberton— d 34°38' 

Macon,  Fort — c  and  a..  34°41' 


Manly.  ..  35°13' 

Marlborough— c |35°28' 

Monroe— e |34°55' 

Mount  Airy— c 36°30' 

Mount  <  Hive— c 35°14' 

Mt.  Pleasant— d  and  e.,35°22' 
Morganton— c  and  a  ...  35°46' 

Murfreesboro — c 36°26' 

Murphy— a 35°  6' 

Newbern — a 35°  0' 

New  Garden— c 36°  0' 

*(5)Oaka— a 36°  0' 


78°23' 
77°58' 
77°33' 
75°33' 
79°47' 
8l°34' 
81°12' 
76°36' 
79°  0' 
76O40' 
79°22' 
77°:Hi' 
80O35' 
S0°38' 
77°55' 
80°27' 
81°55' 
77°  V 
83°29' 
77°  2' 
79°55' 
79°  0' 


(6)Ogreeta— d 350  o'  84°  0' 


Ore  Knob— d 36°30' 

Oxford— c 36°19' 

Poplar  Branch— b 36°14' 

Portsmouth— d  35°  2' 

Raleigh— a  and  c 35°47' 

Reidsville— d 36°30' 

:7i  Roan  Mountain—  a..  30°  7' 


fRutherfordton— a  &  e 


35°24' 


Salem— e 36<>51' 


Salisbury — d 


35<>44' 


81°28' 

78°41' 
75°52' 
76°  4r 
78°41' 
79O407 

82°n' 

81°48' 
80°15' 
80°29' 


41 


60 
45 

22 

496 

1185 

8718 
15 


■_'o 


575 

1048 

156 

500 

1184 

75 

1014 

12 

SCO 


152(1 
4800 

475 
10 
10 

365 
HUM) 
6306 

800 
1000 

760 


n 

38 

11 

10 

1 5 
36 
39 
29 
29 
38 
43 
16 
40 
31 


S 


lo  50 


11 
38 
45 
11 
47 
40 
35 
45 
::s 
12 
11 
49 
45 
36 


Is 
50 
49 
17 
52 
II 
12 
11 
37 
46 
45 
54 
50 
16 


51  61 


15 


70,76 


79 


09  7fi  80 


ro  79 


>. 


~   « 


57  47 


71 

<;■) 
79  71  63  50 
79  7773  114  53 
7s  75  68  57  15 


76  7:j  67  56 


76  71 


7:,  si  80 


r,s  55 


71 


00  73 
59  66 


66 


68  75 
68  74 
68  76 


•  16 


64 

55 
77 
73 

71 


80 

79 

78 

81 
76 
181 
77 
80 
77 
74 
79 
78 
72 
70 
74 
79 
81 
80 
81 
75 
59 
77 


75 
71 

75 


77 


72  64 


69 


5s 


69  56 

69  57 


26 
42 
10 
13 
15 
37 
38 
37 
15 

18 

48 

43 
37 


7r, 


56 

60 

77169  56 

72  62  50 

7.".  55  4 1 
53  ... 
68  59  5 


68 


57 


SJL 


57 


71 


—    — 


57  37 
56  39 
56 


59 


30 


56  36 

I 
54  39 

37 

32 

56  39 


30 

31 
32 
33 

34 
35 
36 
37 
38 
39 
40 
41 
42 
43 
44 
45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 
55 
56 
57 
58 


55  59 

...  60 
...  61 
...  62 
...  63 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY. 


OO 


SERIES. 


Begin  t 


EXTENT. 


Ends.      Vrs. 


Mos. 


Observers. 


30 
31 
32 

.33 
34 
35 
36 

37 
38 
39 
W 
41 
42 
13 
44 
16 
4(1 
47 
48 
49 

51 
52 
53 

.M 
55 
56 
:-7 
58 
59 


Mar., 

Jan., 

Sept., 

Feb., 

Jan., 

Aug., 

June, 

May, 

April, 

Oct., 

Dec, 

Jan., 

Jan., 

Aug., 

July, 

April, 
Dec, 

Oct., 

Mar., 

Feb., 

July, 
Jan., 
Feb., 
Dec, 

July, 


1852 1854    2 0 

1882  Mar.,  1883    1 1 

1860 May.  1870    3 0 

1880 May,  1882    1 91 

1875 Dec,  1883    8. 11 

is;:; Feb.,  1879    2 2 

1871 Dec,  1882  10 9 

1884 Dec,  1887    3 7 

187G Dec,  1880    4 8 

1883 Oct.,  1887    5 0 

1833 Dec,  1883  11 0 

1881 Dec,  1S83    1 3 

1858 Aug.,  1858    0  7 


1887 Dec,  ls87  d 9 

1871 \ug.,  1872  0 10 

Oct.,  1869  0 4 

1874 Dec,  1887  ■> 

L867 Julv,  1868 

1876 1880 


1856 April,  1861 

L872 Dec,    1882  10 4 

1872 Dec,    1882  10 0 

1872 Nov.,    1873    1 5 

1850 Dec,     1850    1 0 

1883 Inly,    1884    0 6 

1882  Aug.,    1883    (t 7 


1866 Dec,    1873 


July,     1S77  lune,   1883 

^ug.,     1866 Dec,    lssc,  15 

Aug.,     1885 Sept.,   1887    2 1 

60June,    1879 Aug.,    1880    0 4 

Jane, 

61  July, 

62  Jan., 

63  .Ian., 


L849 Dec,    1849    0. 

1872 April.    L878     1. 


1887 Dec,     1887 

1-71 Oct.,   ;1887 


G.  Wald,  etc. 

J.  M.  Worth. 

N.  B.  Webster  and  J.  M.  Sprunt. 

K.  EL  Lewis. 

Inited  States  Signal  Service. 

<;.  W.  Peay. 

R.  L.  Beall. 

Dr.  L.  R.  Standemayer. 

I'nited  States  Signal  Observe]'. 

Assist.  Surgeon  and  IT.  S.  Sig.  Observer. 
G.  H.  Saddleson. 

I '.  C.  Anderson. 
Robert  S.  Gilmer. 

E.  D.  Pearsall. 
EL  T.  J.  Ludwig. 

Nelson  Falls  and  E.  B.  Claywell. 

N.  and  A.  McDowell. 

William  Beall. 

R.  Berry  and  C.  Duffy. 

A.  E.  Kitchen. 

William  Bingham. 

G.  G.  Whitcomb. 

Frank  Walter. 

J.  EL  Mills  and  Dr.  W.  K.  Hicks. 

J.  M.  Woodhouse. 

United  states  Signal  <  (bserver. 

F.  P.  Brewer,  T.  < '.  Harris  and  others. 
F.  J.  Norcom. 

L.  L.  Searleand  Mrs.  W.  I'-.  Phillips 

Galloway.f 

Mi~s  Dickerson,  etc. 

Rev.  John  CleweJl. 
H.  F.  J.  Sudwick. 


36 


JOURNAL    OF    THE 


Station. 


as 


9   otland  Neck— a 36°  7' 

-  •uppernong — e 35°50' 

(8)  Smith ville— candd  33°55' 

Stag's  Creek— b.., ,30026' 

Statesville  (near)— d  ...  35°47' 

Sugar  Grove— a 36°16' 

Tarboro — a  and  c 35°52' 

Thomburg— c 30°2i>' 

Trinity  College — c 35°45' 

Wadesboro— d 34°58' 


Wake  Forest  Col.— d. 


30°  0' 


Warrenton— c 3(i°-!4' 


f  Waynesville— a  . 
Weldon — a  and  d. 


35°29' 


c 
o 


77032' 
76°18' 


50 
25 


78°  1'        20 
81°33'     3000 


80°54' 

81°47' 
77040' 

77°21' 
79040' 
80°05' 

78O30' 
78°10' 


940 


50 


400 
44:. 
409 
451 


82058'!  275G 


3(i°24'  77°30' 


t Westminster— c 36°02'  79°52' 


White  Sul.  Springs — d 
Wilmington — e  and  d.. 
Wilson — c 


35°30'  83°  0' 
34°17'  77°58' 


35°45' 


77°47' 


81 


2710 

50 

105 


Coast  Division  of  the  State 

Sub- Eastern  Division  of  the  State. 

Mi. Idle  Division  of  the  State 

Piedmont  Division  of  the  State 

W  .-tern  Division  of  the  State 


19 

51 
56 
42 

47 
46 
42 

4!  1 

17 

GO 
12 

41 
48 


5  s 
55 
51 

50 
50 
48 
47 
43 


:,4 
62 
64 

58 
58 
57 
57 
o2 


61 

7" 
G7 

68 
67 
66 
66 
60 


bC 


7".  7" 


I 
72  67 


75  81 1 


75 


71 


67  70 
76  80 


71 
G6 
77 
77 

74 
75 
74 
73 

G8 


78 
70 
81 

81 

80 

7'.  1 
79 
77 
72 


77 
84 
75 
67 
76 
74 
68 
79 
75 

78 
77 
7G 
75 
69 


71 


7:; 
71 

74 
71 
69 
68 
63 


:-  a 
—  x 


36  50 
36  5G 


30 
37 

7  38  59 
56 


58  l:i  7(i 
49,38  54 
44  15  52 

48  40  58 


46  37  58 
54  48  62 


51 


42  61 


■-    A 

*    ~ 

E    = 
=_ 

7. 


-  = 


75  53 
70  54 

76  58 


B 
C 
< 


77 

08 
7<i  59 

,, 

78  59 

75 

66 

7:i  U 
78  6: 


53  45  59 
49  42  58 

47  39  57 


46  41 
42  36 


57 


52  70  52 


42 

14 
19 
35 
38 
31 
39 
40 


64 

65 
66 
67 

G8 


52  69 

J 

57170 


59 


53 
40 
42 

11 

39 

48 
42 

45 
43 

40 
38 
36 


57 


59 


63 
61 

61 

59 

57 
52 


71 
72 
73 
74 
75 
76 
77 
78 
79 
80 
81 

82 

83 

84 
85 
86 


(1)  Eight  miles  east  of  Albemarle. 

(2)  Station  was  located  four  miles  east  of  Cartilage. 

(3)  Station  near  Webster,  Jackson  county. 

(4)  Green  Plains. 

(5)  Formerly  Bethmout. 

(6)  Cherokee  connty. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY 


37 


SKUIEP. 

Begins.  Ends. 


EXTENT. 

Yrs.  Mos. 


64  Deo., 

65  Jan., 

66  -Ian., 

67  


1872 Dee.,     1882 

1849 Sept.,   1853 

1822 Dec.,    1883 


Observers. 


68 
69 
70 
71 
72 
73 
74 
75 
76 
77 
78 
7!) 
so 

81 

82 
83 
84 
85 
86 


June, 

Mar., 

Aug., 

Jan., 

Jan., 

April, 

Oct., 

Aug., 

Feb.,     1872 Dec., 

1843 

Feb.,     1879 Dec. 

Jan.,     1872 Dec, 

1866 


1866 Dec,  1887 

1878 Mar.,  1879 

1871 Jan.,  1873 

1854 April,  1855 

1861 May,  1869 

1883 Oct.,  1887 

1885 July,  1887 

1857 Dec,  1870 


1887 

1886 

l»:; 


9 1(>    James  N.  Smith. 

3 Oj  Shepherd  and  Hardison.+ 

27 11    Ass't.  U.  S.  Surg'n  and  U.  S.  Sig.  Observ'r. 

2 1     Dr.  J.  A.  Allison. 

18 G    Sue  Herman. 


1. 
1. 
1. 

0. 
2. 

1. 

1 

2 

14. 


.  1 

.  7 
.  4 
.  5 
.  0 
.  4 
.  4 
.  9 

.10 


R.  H.  and  R.  W.  and  Th.  Norfleet. 

Rev.  T.  Fitzgerald  and  Prof.  D.  Morrelle. 

O.  W.  Carr  and  others. 

W.  't.  Simmons. 

Dr.  W.  Johnston  and  H.  A.  Foote. 

T.  A.  Clark. 


0 3    J.  Watkins. 

! 
2 3    W.  W.  Stringfield. 


12 
1. 


D.  Morrelle  and  U.  S.  Signal  Observers. 

E.  W.  Adams. 


Average  elevation      15  feet,  area(9)    9500  square  miles. 
150    "  "         12000 

650    "  "        14000  " 

JL200    "  "  7500  " 

"  2700    "  "  5700  " 


(7)  At  Cloudland  Hotel. 

(8)  Formerly  Fort  Johnston.    The  name  has  recently  been  changed  to  Southport. 

(9)  These  areas  are  approximate,  and  do  not  include  the  water  surfaces. 
*  Observations  taken  at  sunrise. 

f  Observations  taken  at  sunrise,  It  a.  m.,  :;  and  '.)  p.  u. 
X Observations  taken  at  sunrise,  noon  and  sunset. 


:;s 


JOURNAL   OF  THE 


v. 

— 


~ 


Ci, 


—   s 


~  o 


c** 


^ 


^ 


— ■   _r- 


v 


te; 


a  § 

- 


-  *  a 
x  '■  ~- 
v  i   'z. 

"'—  - 

•  -.       - 

55J5  '■ 

00  % 
■  i.  — 

x  —   - 

■—  -  — 
■ 

>.  ~  — 
-I  ~  c 

1  X    * 

I* 'a 

S  -  O 

I.  ~  — 

•-    ■-  - 

~  •/   — 

Z  r  '■ 


~  ~~ 
on* 


o     oc        — 


■i  I 

"is   ^ 


x  *•  £ 

.  —    - 

»c5"2 

>  o  i 

00  ai- 
gS  g 

St  S+a 

u  zT  i: 

2  x    B 

X 

S5-5 
«.-  - 

..H0 

jo  =  •- 

-    -    - 

b  -  cc 


/.  a  r 
bD'3  - 


—  I 
*— 'a 


0) 

— 
c 


x 

w 

1— 

as 

00 


as 
bO 
a> 


~ 

— 

52 

t— 

X 

1  - 

l- 

1  - 

X 

X 

X 

/ 

x 


X 


o    a 


1  ™ 

rr      o 

IC 

— 

/ 

X 

X 

X 

r 

t* 

I- 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

oc 

X 

r-< 

1-1 

T— 

1— > 

. 

.. 

- 

- 

a 

i 

o 

C 

^ 

>■■    > 

S 

i 

X 

<D 

a 

1 

c 

.-- 

— 

- 

Q 

— 

Q 

z 

- 

c 

X 

00 

iC 

t- 

■M           — 

/■ 

'X 

iO 

»- 

i »     *" 

t~           X 

r 

X 

X 

00 

Of 

oc 

X          X 

1-^ 

~~ 

> 
— 

- 
c 

43 

o 

Jan,, 

\..v 

Jan., 

April 

Eh 

w 


-+ 

r-          X '.          r- 

1—1 

— 

t— 
— 

r-i       oc 

c-        — 

5 

— 
:-. 

: 

c 

t-          X 

1-1       1— 

'JByA 


M.MUI.W 


•auiiuny 


•JSrttllUllS 


•Sui.idg 


'»aa 


■Airif 


•aanp 


A"7:I\: 


•ludy 


i;  - 

.   c  — 
-  =  « 


•qojupl 


•■'(■'.-I 


•u«f 


.-. 


o 


TV 

m 


a 
to 


-M 


CC 


- 

-r 


— 
— 


T. 

— 


— 
— 


—         I-        — i        o 


- 


re 


x 


r-^       ^-       *t       ■- 
S       CC       00       c 


—      ?i      r. 


C5 

— 


CO 

id 


°?      *T      "1 

O        r-i        ^5 


-       — 
d      — 


— 


X 


00 


-ri 


— 


00 


d 


x 


X 

ri 


—        ;  i 


C        i—        -r 
M         —         M 


-.         -.         "t 
—        :~.        to 


IN 


oo 


CO         — 

co      oi 


M 


— 


r. 
— 


— 

35 


id 


— 

T 


uO 

id 


•d 


oq 

w 


co 


71 


id 


05 
— ' 


N         x 


(M 

CO 


05 
35 


X 

05 


-r  . 
— 


d       ?i 


05 


2c 


—     -    -- 


i       *  o  o  « 
8  Cj      ^'-."c  '-.  *> 


-  ~2_  z- 

■Z  —  cD  °' 

-  "_   •  •  — 

-  _  -  - 

Dfl  S.S-S 
-*|  >  o 


X 


z       ~ 


o 


> 


r*> 

03 


o! 
I 


x 

- 


S 
I 


33 
CD 


O 


93 

t> 
1 

PC 


CD 

if; 

r. 


=    T    f 


a> 

a  ». 

S3  03 

-=  .=. 


O         O 


o 

- 


- 
"5 


c 

— 
> 

- 


35 


.-  fO         00         r*   "     CO         CO         O         r->         IO  C  CO  X  71         t-- 

:t'       as       N       ■*       co       cm       d       >d       co       —       d       t-       N       M 

—  —  I— I  CSI  r-t  <M  !-•  I— t  rH  r—  r— 


d 


r-         Tj< 

CO       d 


o4 


X 


05 
X 


■M  --T 


•AOtf 

^i 

1-- 

s4 

i— i 

:      -^ 

00 

d 

CO 

- 
— 

or 

CO 

1— c 

— 

CO 

o 

£35 

- 

•po 

35 

-r 

CN 

OO 

CO 

i— ' 

"-o 
:      "* 

- 

CO 

CO 

i—i 

CO 

co 

CM 

id 

T^ 

00 

d 

r-; 

d 

•jdag 

05 

CM 

id 

CM 

:      o4 

CNj 

co 

CM 

r-1 

•^snSuy 

X 

d 

d 

-r 

:      co 
:      T~- 

CO 

i-- 

d 

— 

CO 

CO 

co 

d 

CM 

id 

00         ~ 

co      d 


X  r- 

d       oi 


33 


CO 

iO 

IO 

^ 

■* 

'-. 

CM 

:: 

■n 

00 

CM 

o 

"M 

iO 

1—1 

o 

i— 

- 

X 

co 

-*• 

iC 

— 

-* 

IC 

t- 

'- 

I- 

>-. 

I— ' 

I- 

X 

"* 

X 

co 

o 

00 

iO 

= 

-r 

1* 

CO 

t- 

■* 

co 

■* 

CM 

CO 

If. 

1— • 

Ci 


x 


-       T3 


3         i- 
O 

■- 


c 

CD 


EL1SHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY. 


39 


Cl 
X 

oo 

r- 

V- 

X 

X 

00 

r- 

00 

CM 

00 
CO 

— 

X 

00 

X 

00 

1  c 

X 
00 

X 
X 

IN 
X 

00 

*c 
iC 

f 

X 
X 

X 

71 
X 
X 

iC 
X 
X 

CO 

1- 

X 

X 

X 

1  - 

X 
X 

X 

X) 

X 
X 

IC 
X 
X 

„ 

- 

_ 

- 

^ 

- 

., 

^. 

- 

^ 

_-- 

„ 

„ 

^ 

„ 

„ 

o 

- 

>-a 

5 

■_ 
— 

s 

- 
0) 

- 

— 
— 

•- 

— 

< 

c* 

s 

>> 

— 

s 

-- 
a> 

r^ 

— 

o 

G 

Q 

Q 

-*— 

o 

c 

- 

—      —      -1 

I-  s 

s.         s. 


-r       ci 

-r       t- 

x        x        x 


-r 

— 

— 

— 

Cl 

oo 

c 

: 

-- 

i — 

— 

[C 

— 

00 

1- 

r~ 

X 

t— 

«.C 

X 

CO 

X 

i  - 

I- 

1- 

X 

t~ 

X 

r- 

X 

X 

X 

DC 

X 

X 

/- 

X 

K 

X 

1 

X 

X 

X 

X 

CO         «—         CO 


- 


-H        rK        i-H        r-        r-l        05 


o 

|-H 

<M 

■* 

■^ 

Cl 

iC 

lC 

00 

C5 

r-t 

IN 

:          : 

■* 

l- 

i- 

CO 

— 

>-H 

oc 

i~ 

s 
*- 

I- 
'C 

— 

- 
■  c 

so 
to 

- 

-r 

O 
01 

■  -. 

•O 

71 
1- 

CM 

CO 
— i 

CO 

i          i 

— 

CM 

— 

ur. 

"-' 

cc 

Cl 

CO 

— 

— 

:c 

r— 

o 

t- 

(M 

•* 

-I 

X 

-s 

t- 

■  - 

'-; 

- 

— ' 

i  - 

X 

s 

rH 

2 

3 

X 

s 

- 

It- 

Cl 

X 

~~ 

CM 

—         : 

Xr- 

1- 

5 

no 

--; 

r— 

:- 

CO 

CO 

c 

CO 

I—* 

o 

C 

■* 

Cl 

*# 

'.: 

Cl 

;           '" 

- 

— 

o 

CO 

-1 

•^ 

~ 

- 

fr- 

— 

I-H 

CM 

Ci 

rH 

-r 

Cl 

l-H 

CC. 
CM 

cc 
CO 

CO 
CM 

:      — 

— 

l-H 

I- 

I-H 

•* 

-1 

/. 

71 
CM 

-— 

— 

CO 

CC 

to 

<M 

CO 

CO 

00 

r. 

i— i 

— 

CM 

X 

to 

-*l 

1- 

o 

Ui 

■* 

o 

— 

— 

— 
i-h 

-.; 

-f 

l-H 

l-H 
■-H 

I-H 

•  -- 

rH 

I- 

— • 

— 
— 

:      t~ 
:       CM 

r. 

r. 

X 

— 

X 

— 

— 
— 

SM 

- 

I-H 

X 

-T 

I- 

~ 

T— 

r. 

— 

l-H 

;- 

;- 

ri 

t^ 

— 

•M 

CO 

-.: 

iC 

- 

— 

lC 

— 

-.\ 

— 

to 

o 

CM 

^ 

— 
| 

IC 

l-H 

CM 

rH 

— 
— 

IC 

CM 

i- 

N 

I- 

X 

CM 

iC 

— 

S 

— 
•— 

- 

S 

iC 

— 

iC 

-^ 

o 

CM 

t- 

- 

c 

■■c 

-* 

00 

CM 

Tt< 

= 

o 

1— ' 

iC 

to 

^H 

-* 

CO 

o 

o 

l-H 

i- 

/ 

iO 

■M 

CO 

«c 

— 

to 

— 

•-: 

■-: 

r— i 

X 

N 

J- 

ffl 

CM 

i- 

— 

IC 

•- 

■-: 

— 

I- 

lO 

I — 

/. 

I- 

I-H 

C5 

i: 

I- 

l-H 

o 

c 

-* 

rr 

o 

l-H 

CM 

3 

-* 

^_ 

o 

— 

— 

?1 

?1 

cc 

M 

-1 

l-H 

tl 

- 

— 

X 

CM 

CM 

N 

:: 

IC 

--; 

•* 

co 

•^ 

oc 

— 

•  -. 

-Y 

— 

-+• 

iC 

— 

c 

r^ 

c 

CO 

- 

t~ 

CI 

- 

-* 

IC 

l-H 

:  i 

t- 

l-H 

1  - 

•«* 

— 

CO 

-f 

-* 

CI 

«* 

rH 

CC 

I~ 

t- 

r- 

uC 

— 
— 

CI 

-r 

■* 

CC 

CC 

CO 

— 

;- 

— 

I-. 

i " 

t- 

c 

— 

r. 

X 

rH 

p/J 

c 

t- 

:: 

— 

— 

= 

•  -. 

— 

- 

1 — 

/ 

CI 

CC 

w 

— 

t— 

-!■ 

~ 

"- 

t- 

I— 

CM 

r- 

- 

l-H 

r- 

■-: 

CC 

tC 

<N 

BS 

IC 

t~ 

— 

1  - 

X 

00 

■* 

00 

oi 

l-l 

•^1 

CI 

r. 

CM 

t- 

t— 

■-C 

iC 

DC 

— 

-* 

CC 

■o 

Ifi 

- 

:: 

CM 

IC 

~ 

•* 

t- 

CI 

/■- 

— 

lC 

— 

CI 

CI 

I- 

CI 

S3 

c 

l-H 

uC 

■— 

:: 

00 

to 

-.  ~ 

r 

"* 

IC 

O 

^r 

Cl 

co 

X 

X 

- 

IO 

— 

CO 

CM 

iC 

s 

Cl 

3 

-# 

— 

l-H 

Cl 

CI 

i-O 

•.; 

-r 

- 

CM 

iO 

— 

X 

•c: 

CM 

r^ 

a 

CC 

to 

CM 

— 

IC 

iC 

— 

■- 

<o 

rH 

CM 

*  z 

X 

■~ 

■- 

t- 

r- 

i  - 

"-C 

M 

r- 

* 

— 

r- 

vc 

iC 

■-Z 

o 

IO 

■  c 

CI 

i  c 

— 

^r 

Cl 

IC 

^~ 

"T 

~ 

-# 

CC 

~~* 

— 

t- 

re 

-f 

CO 

— 

IC 

- 

IC 

: 

tO 

IO 

CO 

•-C 

i- 

tC 

v: 

t- 

Cl 

co 

Cl 

o 

— 

l-H 

Cl 

CO 

|H 

r- 

rH 

— 

O 

l-H 

— 

t- 

Cl 

-!■ 

CO 

-f 

UO 

— 

Cl 

-f 

1- 

iC 

Cl 

:: 

tC 

;  - 

:: 

Cl 

CC 

X 

iC 

— 

— 

cc 

tC 

- 

X 

ec 

:  i 

IC 

i  - 

CM 

tC 

tO 

1— 1 

X 

--: 

X 

Cl 

■~o 

CO 

o 

so 

•-: 

r. 

r. 

r- 

-r 

CC 

r^ 

"H 

— 

-r 

— 

-r 

- 

T. 

•-C 

Cl 

-~. 

t- 

— 

>-. 

co 

CO 

Cl 

IC 

Cl 

-- 

- 


00  CC 


- 
co 


iC 

— 


Cl         — 

co      -^ 


iq 
i- 


ci       -r 


ci       - 

r^  IO 


ci 

■-. 


— 


iC 

X 


Cl         CC  CO         t- 

cm      ed      W      i-H 


z.       — 
-r       ci 


CO 


iC 

- 


CO       ::' 


i  -       ,:       vc       i  - 
—       co       -:'        /. 


•  -. 
ci 


CO 


- 
:: 


—  Cl 

to      id 


Cl 


cc 


■- 


'>  — 


> 

•_ 

I 

- 

-." 

-*— 

» 

CJ 

- 

>. 

-' 

r- 

_L       =       c; 


r         '-        :-'      ~ 


:i 


f. 

- 
C 


: 


eS      = 


/ 


- 


- 
c 


—       r:       r 


2 
I 


I 

a 

s 


: 
: 


: 


- 

- 


40 


JOURXAL    OF    TJIK 


Si 
f. 


U 


1J- 

x 

t— 

eq 

r~ 

t- 

pa* 

OI 

Ol 

-* 

53 

-# 

:       CO 

-- 

I— 

00 

t— 

y. 

i- 

X 

i- 

r 

t- 

OE 

X 

t- 

X 

r—                x 

V 

X 

r- 

00 

/- 

X 

X 

oc 

X. 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

:      x 

cc 

X 

X 

/- 

- 

: 

„ 

- 

trf)        o 

bf 

O        -J 

CO 

_. 

•_ 

c 

C 

,    *                      I                 Q 

co 

a. 

T~ 

d 

33 

- 

- 

<D 

C 

i 

c 

X 

S 

c 

1 

- 
f. 

aj 

— 

— . 

< 

— 

c 

P 

— ■ 

^ 

p 

p 

- 

c 

i      : 

1 

P 

-f. 

t— 

03         ** 

CC 

O 

5 

CN 

07       t-         •       r- 

e 

id 

01 

t-^ 

X 

te. 

X 

or 

CO 

r—      ic 

t—      t—      t—       °c       cs 

.    t~ 

t-        CO 

r- 

/ 

K 

x 

X 

X 

x 

ac 

cc 

X 

cc 

CO         X         cc         x 

:      co 

X 

X 

X 

00 

- 

*        „ 

p, 

5, 

-^ 

CJ 

5 

— 

.Q       6       be 

•      -^, 

^J 

**. 

f— 

- 

■J 

o 

Cu 

~           CO          CO          £ 

08          :        3 

_ 

co 

— 

a: 

— 

— 

- 

■-3 

P 

7 

!-: 

•* 

2 

~      fe,      Q      «* 

-»    ~ 

— . 

o 


CO 


>— 1       -^t 


CC  r* 


r- >         3         i-i 


z 


cm      i.o       r 


■M.  •«#  !-• 


•|i.uly 


3 


CM 

■d 


■C 
o-i 


oi 

3 


3 
oi 


•i|.).uq^ 


id 


- 
oi 


co 


iq 

CO 


CO 
CO 


•' !•'.►! 


i—         iO 
CO         CM 


■U13f 


CO 
CO 


-p 

CO 


3 
oi 


0-1 

CO 


CO         00 


oi 


CO  3 

M         id 


CO 
CO 


co      oi 


X       oc 
OJ         3 


3 


"*         0-1 

oi       cc 


id 


:: 


CM         Ol 

CO         d 


01 


oi 


3 
iC 


01 


iO 
3 


3 
00 


— 

to 


3         00 
CO         r^ 


■•■^■'A 

: 

CO 

oi 

-* 

oi 

'0 

3 
CO 

0 
id 

3 

CO 

3 

CM 

3 
iO 

CO 

3_ 

3 

1— 1 
oi 

J- 

10 

CO 

• 

\iejui.w 

: 

CO 

OI 

OI 

3 

M 
03 

00 

3 

CM 

oi 

CO 
CO 

I— 1 

CO 
CO 

I— < 

X 

d 

iC 

1— 1 

O] 

3 

d 

3 
CO 

01 
id 

r-l 

t-- 

•auirnnv 

■ 

CO 

CM 

2 

3 

00 

1—1 

CO 

■* 
I— 1 

I  - 

oi 

2 

«c 

l-H 

r-^ 

10 

X 

00 

Mewiung 

3 

oi 

X 

CO 

t- 

cd 

I— ' 

iC 
X 

CM 

3' 

3 

0 

oi 
01 

iO 

O 

3 
Ol 

10 

oi 

CO 

I— 1 

3 

d 
01 

00 
oi 

3 

id 

I-H 

•Saudg 

CO 

X 

3 

oi 

— 

00 

•— 

uO 

3 
— 

CO 

CO 
CO 

oi 

CO 

oi 

-* 

CO 

3 

00 

06 

— 
— 

oaa 

CM 

oi 

nn 

»0 

CO 

I- 

-* 

ti 

1~ 

co 

oi 

CO 

oi 

3 
iC 

:"o 

3 

CO 

-7 

•AONJ 

csi 

• 

— 

r. 

oi 

o 

00 

oi 

■* 

■* 

CO 
CO 

CO 

CM 

3 
co 

CO 
CM 

CO 

oi 

00 

id 

•l.»() 

5 

j 

3 

■* 

rr 

oi 

id 

O 
oi 

CM 
CO 

•* 

CO 

oi 

CO 

co 

CO 

iC 

id 

cm' 

1-^ 

1— 1 

00 

cc 

■?das 

CO 

I— 

2 

S 

CO 

CO 

oi 

01 

CO 

C5 

id 

— 

CI 

CO 

— 

CO 

iC 

j-nSnv 

CO 

3 

3 

3 

3 
3 

CO 

Ol 
lr-^ 

CO 

<— 1 

CO 

CM 
CO 

Ol 

03 

10 

3 

00 

3 

CO 

id 

CM 
OC 

-' 

uO 

-+ 

•A'|llf 

CM 

CO 

co 

»,0 

00 
tO 

I— t 

3 
i— i 

■* 

CO 

CO 

3 

00 

10 

CO 

00 

3 

iC 

■* 

CO 

CO 

X 

•3Utl[' 

i  s 

en 

CO 

1^ 

— 

id 

Tji 

X 

oi 

id 

■d 

CO 
CO 

00 
CT 

id 

CM 

CO 

cc 
id 

: 

CO 

■a>!i\: 

CO 

CO 

o-i 

3 

3 

PC 

r-; 

CO 

3 

id 

oi 

id 

iC 

tfi 

iC 
CO 

iO 

i-O  3 

co      oi 


re 


00 

-r 


CO 
CM 


< 

-7. 


bJO 


c8      cro 


I 


cc 
■J. 

CC 
CO 


0 

o 

— • 

■J. 


05 

o 


o 


o 


cS 

I 

— 

a, 


o      •-      — 


co 

0 

•i 

cc 
0 

T3 

s 

cc 

= 

£ 

3. 

a. 

CO 

Cv 

,. ^ 

X 

^i 

•^. 

O 

r- 

_ 

c8 

1 

^- 

03 

1 

1 

b 

SO 

7. 

-*-i 

^ 

T 

— ■ 

03 

- 

^ 

2C 

ai 

cC 
cC 


C 
o 


CO 


CS 


CO 

I 

£ 
© 

cS 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY 


■il 


1~         03 

ic 

i' 

t-       rs       cc 

cr 

i~- 

r~ 

t~ 

:      t—      — 

10 

co       oc       oo       x 

:      oc 

r-      t-       cr 

00 

a 

oc 

t- 

cc 

X 

oc 

co 

s. 

CO       oc 

oc 

x 

X 

oc 

oc 

oo 

oc 

oc 

oc 

:      cc 

oc 

CC 

X. 

> 

c 

:       c 

'— 

>,      c 

c 

:       c 

e. 

c 

V 

CJ 

« 

a 

:      a 

r 

S 

:. 

s, 

a 

a 

c 

1) 

<3 

c 

s 

— 

:     C 

% 

% 

s 

6 

I— ; 

c 

-*• 

:     P 

3 

p 

P 

-- 

5-1 

9 

\r. 

•      - 

x 

i- 

— 

CO 

if 

g 

a 

^ 

r-^        :      s 

a 

•— 

cr 

■r 

l~ 

X 

t- 

:      cr 

t- 

r- 

a 

f_ 

oc 

■e 

t-      t-      t-      o 

r 

oc 

x 

X 

:     * 

ce 

x 

oc 

oc 

OC 

<x 

:      oc 

oc 

oc 

cc 

.     ?— 

r" 

„ 

> 

c 

-kJ 

> 

;        r- 

> 

-fcl 

"    >' 

:     X 

X 

g 

X 

7" 

a 

C 

c 

-- 

c 

i 

a, 

c 

rf 

a.       :      a 

a 

a> 

- 

c 

C 

x 

:     — 

£ 

y 

<! 

Q 

J> 

< 

:      fc 

U- 

»-: 

^ 

:c 


_2 
3D 


-M 
id 


CM 


00 

cc 


I 

a. 

s 
s 

~ 
c 
cc 

o 
o 

cc 


C  W 


iC 


iO         i-i 


Ca        CO        i-l        rH        o 


IO         3 


a 

- 

; 

^ 

cC 

- 

> 

." 

- 

93 

E 

b* 

- 

C 

« 

-*^< 

- 

CO 

OS 

D 

O 

o 

OC 

E 

-. 

o 

H 

Pk 

© 

- 

X 

00  cc 
d  d 
io      o 


d       © 


iO 
OS 

T1 


I— 
d 


en 
>.c 


ic 

cc 


— 
d 


x 

ci 


iO 

d 


tr- 
io 


iO 


ci 

c 


CO 


CO 


q 

id 


- 

UC 


Ci 

cc 


cc 


I-H  C' 


00 
CC 


CI 

d 


•c      o 


cc 


cc 


:  i 

d 


c. 
ci 


oo       i>       -t; 
— <       -*       c>i 


CO 

d 


oo 


1— 

I-l 

co 

cc 

•— < 

•-c: 

cr 

t- 

r- 

— 

o 

■- 

00 

C5 

o 

CI 

CM 

=; 

«* 

«*^ 

<— i 

IO 

i— >       r 

O 

o 

"* 

C3 

CM 

CS 

cs 

iO 

•o 

o 

CI 

CO 

o 

CO 

o 

CO 

o 

"# 

CO 

o 

CM 

«* 

C) 

^5 

cc 

•* 

UO 

:        ; 

CO 

CO 

CM 

CO 

cc 

cc 

CO 

CI 

CC 

f— 

r- 

i^l 

CM 

CO 

i— • 

r-< 

C^v 

t- 

CO 

■>*< 

1— t 

t- 

-* 

M 

CM 

cc 

CI 

CO 

-f 

cc 

CM 

~ 

■" 

= 

CI 

o 

CM 

CI 

— 

CM 

00 

■* 

IO 

-* 

f-H 

uO 

CO 

o 

t- 

co 

■-Z 

i-l 

CS 

ts 

CI 

CI 

•c 

1— 1 

CO 

rl< 

o 

r- 1 

:      ^ 

CO 

CM 

CM 

-.-. 

■* 

CM 

Ol 

o 

iC 

■o 

uo 

>o 

IC 

CO 

-* 

CO 

CI 

1  - 

r-i 

CC 

CO 

CS 

C-l 

'-. 

I— 1 
I-l 

•-; 

cc 

cc 

t- 

<* 

:      ~' 

>* 

CM 

CI 

— 

cc 

r~ 

rf< 

•j: 

t- 

1" 

iC 

iO 

o 

r- 

z. 

■* 

t- 

C-l 

00 

C 

•* 

— 

C5 

CO 

»o 

t- 

"* 

iC 

Tj< 

o 

X 

— 

'      cc 

CM 

CQ 

-- 

- 

iC 

•o 

r- 

cc 

CC 

oc 

cc 

OS 

t~ 

1— 

"* 

o 

00 

CO 

cc^ 

■* 

Cl 

00 

o 

M 

CO 

•* 

-* 

t- 

•-C 

cc 

-f 

CO 

10 

•     "* 

00 

cc 

iO 

-f 

"* 

iO 

~ 

cr 

Ol 

t- 

■* 

M 

■* 

CM 

iO 

cs 

I— 1 

b- 

uC 

CM 

iO 

c 

CM 

o 

t~ 

CI 

r- 

CC 

— 

•* 

cc 

-* 

:      m 

■* 

CI 

CM 

cc 

CM 

■- 

«* 

co 

•o 

t~ 

~ 

-- 

cs 

X 

CO 

r 

CS 

CI 

X 

CO 

■z 

- 

Jt- 

■<*<        00 

— 

CO 

Tf- 

CO 

•O 

CO 

X 

CO 

i- 

CI 

CO 

CC 

-f 

<* 

:: 

r" 

■*      1- 

— ' 

-f 

^ 

CC 

cc 

CO 

iO 

CO 

o 

r- 

CO 

iO 

CI 

— 

cc 

t- 

CO         CO 

cc 

-f 

CI 

cc 

>rf 

:: 

•f 

-' 

CM 

^* 

CM 

CI 

CI 

uC 

CO 

C0. 

CC         50 

- 
Ifl 


X 

CO        cc 
i-C  — 


T—  C 


:c 
io 


o;      t-j      ic 

co      co      i-! 


Cl 

CO 


cr. 
— 


CM 


q 
to 


CO         00 

ih       d 


i— <         iO 


CO         00 


CO 
CO 


d 


c 

uo 


o 
id 


CO 


CS 
CO 


o 

CO 


— 

CO 


CC  r- 

^         CO 


iq 
id 


O         CO 


"*         CO 


CO 

id 


-^       so 

—       ::' 


-* 
"* 


d 


o        I- 

id      — 


-r       q 
id      id 


a> 

CO 


■o 
id 


cc 
JO 


CO         CM 


CC 
CO 


c-. 
ci 


CO       q 


■o      q 

t^         CO 


C         n- 


o      io 


r. 
ci 


.r        C 


a* 
O 


o 
o 

X 


7 


DD 

6C 


I 
I 


I 

oJ 

CO 


CJ 

a     — 


I 

I! 
CJD 
I 


cc 
— 


CC         CO 


q 
id 


cc 


-* 

•* 


CC        — 


•* 
■* 


c 

CO 


i-i         iO 

::'       ci 


— 

CO 


CI 


CC         CO 


- 


CO 

"3 


cc     —      c 


a 


CS        J 


o 

- 


- 


CC 


two 

a 


■a     x 


"       ~        -       "T 


c 

z 


— 


-      c 


■- 


■1. 

4) 

c 


c 
o 


/ 
I 


g 

.2      c 

c      S 


3      X 


X       i-      -      ■> 


I 

03 

/ 
: 


i 


x 


bC 


— 


- 


r 
— 


c 

':/ 

- 


- 


— 

- 


o 

X 


ci 


o 


P 


o 

•r 

X 


ci     oS 

'■    - 


cc    *  * 


Cl 


i—i         ^-         —     iC 


— 


o 

CO 

bi 

P 


o 

•  c 
:c 


ci 

— 


IC, 

— 


— 
id 


00 

30 

CO 

— 

CO 

cr 

- 

IO 

e 

:: 

— 

<* 

10 

-r 

X 

o 

t- 

o 

r-i 

iO 

X 

cr 

■* 

— 

cc 

-r 

:c 

cc 

n 

- 

cs 

•# 

CO 

CO 

CO 

S3 

i  - 

cc 

— 

CO 

iO 

* 

:c 

c 

si 

a 
c 

t- 

c: 

.-. 

cr 

CS 

cc 

u 

* 

>* 

cc 

Cl 

T 

— 

CO 

CO 

CO 

■* 

iO 

Cl 

C 

uo 

— 

c: 

cc 

10 

-r 

,_ 

3 

— 

CO 

© 

Cl 

eo 

iC 

c 

:c 

iC 

cc 

— 

'-. 

iO 

— 

«s 

cc 

cc 

7. 


S  - 

/. 

-  - 

-  cc 
/-  — 

E  '• 

O  cc 

—  u 


-  a 
■1.1 


42  JOUKNAL    OF   THE 


REPORT  OF  RESIDENT  VICE-PRESIDENT. 


W.  B.  PHILLIPS. 


The  fifth  year  of  the  Society's  existence,  just  passed,  has  been  one  of  prog- 
ress and  prosperity.  The  number  of  meetings,  the  attendance  upon  them  and 
the  papers  presented  show  gratifying  interest  and  zeal  for  the  Society's  wel- 
fare. The  Society  can  well  claim  to  be  doing  a  good  work  for  the  State  and 
for  the  interests  of  Science  in  the  South.  Through  its  Journal  it  publishes  t<> 
the  world  the  work  of  its  members,  giving  proof  of  valuable  work  done  ami 
affording  much  information  about  the  State. 

Eight  Regular  Meetings  were  held  during  the  year  and  three  Public  Lec- 
tures delivered.  These,  with  the  Annual  Meeting  for  Election  of  Officers, 
make  twelve  meetings  for  the  year  or  fifty-two  meetings  in  all  since  the  foun- 
dation of  the  Society.  The  fifty-five  papers  presented  during  the  past  year 
bring  up  the  total  number  to  278.  A  large  proportion  of  these  have  been 
published  in  the  Journal  and  many  have  appeared  also  in  other  scientific 
periodicals.  These  papers  have  steadily  improved  in  value  and  importance. 
The  eight  monthly  bulletins  which  have  been  issued  have  contained  abstracts 
of  these  papers,  as  well  as  general  outlines  of  the  meetings. 

The  Librarian  reports  1,391  books  and  pamphlets  in  the  Society's  library. 
Of  these  124  are  bound  volumes.  It  would  be  well  if  the  Society  could  bind 
its  complete  volumes  of  Journals,  &c,  but  this  is  at  present  impossible.  A 
pleasant  room,  conveniently  arranged  with  shelving,  desks  and  tables,  has 
been  set  aside  for  the  receipt  and  storage  of  the  library. 

The  list  of  exchanges  for  our  Journal  is  already  a  large  one  and  is  con- 
stantly increasing.  It  will  be  found  at  the  end  of  this  number.  The  addi- 
tions to  the  library,  through  this  and  other  channels,  average  one  hundred 
per  month. 

The  Society  has  lost  by  death  two  Honorary  and  two  Regular  Members: 

Dr.  H.  W.  Ravenel,  Aiken,  S.  C. ;  elected  Honorary  Member  1886. 

Dr.  S.  F.  Baird,  Washington,  D.  C. ;  elected  Honorary  Member  1887. 

Dr.  A.  M.  Shipp,  Nashville,  Tenn. ;  elected  Regular  Member  18S3. 

Dr.  J.  R.  Duggan,  Wake  Forest,  N.  C. ;  elected  Regular  Member  1880. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  43 


REPORT  OF  RECORDING  SECRETARY 


J.  W.  GORE. 


business  meetings. 

May  19,  1887. 

Dr.  Phillips  in  the  chair.  The  thanks  of  the  Society  were  voted  Hon.  S. 
F.  Phillips  for  his  contribution  to  the  Publishing  Fund,  and  he  was  elected  a 
Life  Member. 

Committees  were  appointed  to  report  quarterly  on  the  progress  in  the  dif- 
ferent branches  of  scientific  work. 

The  Resident  Vice-President  and  the  Secretary  were  appointed  a  commit- 
tee to  arrange  for  Public  Lectures,  and  also  to  make  out  the  programme  for 
the  Regular  Meetings. 

December  10,  1887. 

Dr.  Phillips  in  the  chair.  It  was  moved  that  the  thanks  of  the  Society  be 
tendered  Professor  Poteat  for  his  lecture  on  December  6th. 

Furthermore,  that  it  be  considered  the  duty  of  those  accepting  the  office-^  of 
President  and  Vice-President,  in  future,  to  meet  with  and  address  the  Society 
at  least  once  during  their  term  of  office. 

The  following  resolutions  were  passed: 

1st.  That  a  list  of  all  publications  received  be  published  in  each  issue  of 
the  Journal. 

2d.  That  by  payment  of  postage  any  member  can  have  any  book  or  pam- 
phlet in  the  library  mailed  to  his  address.     Postage  must  be  pre-paid. 

3d.  The  book  or  pamphlet  must  be  returned  at  the  close  of  two  weeks,  the 
member  borrowing  it  paying  for  the  return. 

Information  as  to  articles  on  special  subjects  appearing  in  Journals  can 
generally  be  gotten  by  applying  to  the  Secretary,  enclosing  a  stamp  for  reply. 
Where  abstracts  of  articles  are  desired,  the  services  of  an  associate  member 
can  probably  be  secured. 

It  was  further  resolved  that  each  member  of  the  Council  make  a  special 
contribution  to  the  fitting  up  of  the  library  room. 

May  5,  1888. 

Dr.  Phillips  in  the  chair.    The  following  officers  were  elected  for  1888-1889  : 

President — Professor  W.  J.  Martin,  Davidson  College,  X.  C. 

Vice-President— George  B.  Hanna,  U.  S.  Mint,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 

Resident  Vice-President — Professor  R.  H.  Grave-.  Chapel  Hill,  X.  C. 

Treasurer— Dr.  F.  P.  Venable,  Chapel  Hill,  X.  C. 

Recording  Secretary  and  Librarian — Professor  J.  VV.  <  Jore,  Chapel  Hill. 
X.  C. 

It  was  ordered  that  hereafter  the  Council  pass  upon  all  papers  submitted 
for  publication,  and  that  the  Permanent  Secretary  have  charge  of  the  publi- 
cation of  the  Journal. 


44  JOURNAL   OF   THE 


REPORT  OF  TREASURER. 


F.  P.  VEXABLE. 


Fees  for  1887 

SlOO  00 

48  50 

Fee<  for  1888  

100  00 

23  15 

Balance  debit,  1886-87 

8271  65 

8     7  95 
13  40 

Plates                     

6  15 

14  00 

Printing 

181  00 

6  15 

Balance  credit  May  5th,  188S 

228  65 
43  00 

$271  65 

S271  65 
$250  00 

LIST  OF  PAPERS 


READ    AT   THE 


REGULAR  MEETINGS,  SPRING  TERM,  1888. 


XXXII  Regular  Meeting.  January  11,  1888. 

25.  Statistics  on  Rain-fall  in  Relation  to  Forest-Growth,  J.  W.  Gore. 

26.  Report  on  Progress  in  Chemistry F.  P.  Venable. 

27.  Professor  Kerr's  Observations  on  Old  Glacier  Val- 

leys in  North  Carolina J.  A.  Holmes. 

28.  Professor  Kerr  on  the  Action  of  Frost  on  Superficial 

Layers  of  Soil J.  A.  Holmes. 

29.  Report  on  Mineralogy W.  B.  Phillips. 

30.  Abstract  of  Production  of  Minerals  and  Metals  in 

the  United  States W.  B.  Phillips. 

31.  Study  of  Local  Flora Gerald  McCarthy. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  45 

32.  Effect  of  Decomposing  Organic  Matter  on  Insoluble 

Phosphate  of  Lime F.  B.  Dancy. 

33.  Secretary's  Report. 

XXXIII  Regular  Meeting.  February  14,  1888. 

34.  Eruptions  of  the  Volcano  Kilauea J.  W.  B.  Dail. 

35.  Some  New  Salts  of  Camphoric  Acid G.  W.  Edwards. 

3G.  New  Halogen  Compounds  of  Lead. B.  Thorp. 

37.  The  Detection   of  Iodine   in    the   Presence  of  other 

Halogens F.  P.  Venable. 

XXXIV  Regular  Meeting.  March  13,  1888 

38.  A  Supposed  New  Species  of  Ohilomycterus V.  S.  Bryant. 

39.  Aquatic  Respiration  in  a  Musk-Rat W.  L.  Spoon. 

40.  Determination  of  the  Halogens  in    Insoluble   Lead 

Compounds B.  Thorp. 

41.  Bromination  of  Heptane F.  P.  Venable. 

42.  Report  on  Progress  in  Chemistry F.  P.  Venable. 

43.  Triassic  Rocks  on   New  Hope   Creek,  near  Chapel 

Hill.. J.  A.  Holmes. 

XXXV  Regular  Meeting.  April  11,  1888. 

44.  Changes  in  the  New  Geological  Map  of  N.  C J.  A.  Holmes. 

45.  The  Chlorination  of  Gold  Ores  at  the  Phoenix  Mine, 

N.  C E.  A.  Thies. 

40.  Analysis  of  Diamond  Dyes W.  B.  Phillips. 

47.  Some  Observations  upon   a  Meteorological    Report 

from  Russia F.  P.  Venable. 

XXXVI  Regular  Meeting.  May  8,  1888. 

48.  North  Carolina  Desmids W.  L.  Poteat. 

49.  Climatology  of  North  Carolina ./.  A.  Holmes. 

50.  Mica-Mining  in  North  Carolina W.  B.  Phillips. 

51.  The  Flight  of  Birds G.  F.  Atkinson. 

52.  On  the  Chord  Common  to  a  Parabola  and  the  Circle 

of  Curvature  at  any  Point R.  H.  Graves. 

53.  On  the  Focal  Chord  of  a  Parabola R.  H.  Graves. 

54.  A  Method  of  Finding  the  E volute  of  the  Four-cusped 

Hypocycloid R.  H.  Graves. 


46  JOURNAL    OF   THE 


LIST  OF  MEMBERS. 


HONORARY    MEMBERS. 

1887.     Spencer  F.  Bairi>,  Ph.  D.,  LL.  D.,f 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.  ('. 

3885.  H.  Carrington  Bolton,  Ph.  D., 

University  Club,  New  York  City. 

3886.  VV.  K.  Brooks,  Ph.  D., 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Md. 

1885.  A.  W.  Chapman,  A.  M.,  LL.  D., 

Apalachicola,  Fla. 

1886.  VV.  M.  Fontaine,  M.  A., 

University  of  Virginia,  Virginia. 

1884.  Joseph  Le  Conte,  M.  D.,  LL.  D., 

Berkeley,  California. 

1885.  J.  W.  Mallet,  M.  D.,  LL.  D.,  F.  R.  S., 

University  of  Virginia,  Va. 

1887.  J.  W.  Powell,  Ph.  D.,  LL.  D., 

U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 

1886.  H.  W.  Ravenel,  LL.  D.,f 

Aiken,  S.  C. 

1887.  C.  V.  Riley,  M.  A.,  Ph.  D., 

Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 
1884.     Charles  U.  Shepard, 

Charleston,  S.  C. 
1884.     James  C.  Southall,  F.  G.  S., 

Richmond.  Va. 

corresponding  members. 

1884.     W.  G.  Brown,  B.  S., 

W.  &  L.  University,  Lexington,  Va. 

1887.     David  S.   Day, 

U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 

1886.  A.  M.  Elliott, 

Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Md. 

1884.     Jas.  Lewis  Howe,  Ph.  D.,  M.  D., 

Polytechnic  Society,  Louisville,  Ky. 

1887.  J.  M.  McBryde,  LL.  D., 

Iniversity  of  South  Carolina,  Columbia,  S.  C. 

1887.     W.  J.  McGee, 

U.  S.  Geological  Survey,  Washington,  D.  C. 

1884.  G.  E.  Manigault,  M.  D., 

College  of  Charleston,  Charleston,  S.  C. 

1885.  J.  M.  Pickel,  Ph.  D., 

State  Agricultural  College,  Lake  City,  Fla. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL  SCIENTIFIC  SOCIETY.  47 

1884.     H.  E.  Shepherd,  A.  M., 

College  of  Charleston,  Charleston,  S.  G 
1887.     Eugene  A.  Smith,  Ph.  D., 

University  of  Alabama,  Tuscaloosa,  Ala. 

regular  members. 

Prof.  Geo.  F.  Atkinson,  B.  Ph Columbia,  S.  C. 

H.  T.  Bahnson,  M.  I)  Salem,  N.  G 

President  K.  P.  Battle,  LL.  D „ Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

K.  P.  Battle,  Jr.,  M.  D _ Raleigh,  N.  C. 

H.  B.  Battle,  Ph.  D Raleigh,  X.  C. 

R.  H.  Battle Raleigh,  N.  C. 

T.  H.  Battle Rocky  Mount,  X.  C. 

Paul  B.  Barringer,  M.  D - Davidson  College,  X.  G 

Gen.  Rufus  Barringer  Charlotte,  X.  C. 

Prof.  J.  R.  Blake  Greenwood,  S.  C. 

<Jol.  W.  H.  S.  Burgwyn Henderson,  N.  C. 

Capt.  William  Cain,  G  E Charleston,  S.  C. 

Hon.  P.  G  Cameron Hillsboro,  X.  C. 

Julian  S.  Carr Durham,  X.  C. 

J.  C.  Chase Wilmington,  X.  C. 

Hon.  Kerr  Craige Salisbury,  X.  C. 

F.  B.  Dancy,  B.  A Raleigh,  X.  C. 

Prof.  J.  R.  Duggan,  Ph.  D.f Wake  Forest,  X.  C. 

H.  E.  Fries Salem,  X.  G 

J.  W.  Fries Salem,  X.  C. 

Prof.  J.  W.  Gore,  G  E „  Chapel  Hill,  X.  G 

Prof.  B.  F.  Grady,  Jr Albertson's,  X.  C. 

Prof.  R.  H.  Graves,  C.  and  M.  E Chapel  Hill,  X.  G 

R.  G.  Grissom,  B.  S Raleigh,  X.  C. 

Geo.  B.  Hanna  Charlotte,  X.  C. 

Wm.  H.  Hardin| Raleigh,  X.  C. 

Prof.  J.  A.  Holmes,  B.  Agr  Chapel  Hill,  X.  G 

Prof.  J.  H.  Horner Oxford,  X.  C. 

Prof.  J.  DeB.  Hooper! Chapel  Hill,  X.  C. 

Prof.  F.  M.  Hubbard,  D.  D Raleigh,  X.  C. 

Prof.  Thos.  Hume,  Jr.,  D.  D Chapel  Hill,  X.  C. 

W.  R.  Kenan Wilmington,  X.  G 

J  as.  P.  Kerr.... Haw  River,  X.  C. 

W.  C.  Kerr,  Ph.  D.f  Raleigh,  X.  C. 

A.  R.  Ledoux,  Ph.  D Xew  York  City. 

R.  H.  Lewis,  M.  D Raleigh,  X.  G 

Prof.  J.  L.  Love,  B.  A •. Chapel  Hill,  X.  G 

Donald  MacRae Wilmington,  X.  G 

Hugh  MacRae Wilmington,  X.  C 


48  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

Hon.  John-  Manning,  LL.  D  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

1.  II.  Manning Wilmington,  N.  C. 

Prof.  W.  J.  Martin,  A.  M Davidson  College,  N.  C. 

Eugene  Morehead Durham,  N.  C 

Rev.  A    L.  Phillips Fayetteville,  N.  C. 

Prof.  <  harles  Phillips,  D.  D Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Hon.  S.  F.  Phillips Washington,  D.  C. 

Prof.  W.  B.  Phillips,  Ph.  D Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Prof.  W.  L.  Poteat.. Wake  Forest,  N.  C. 

W.  S.  Primrose Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Prof.  E.  A.  v.  Schweinitz,  Ph.  D  Lexington,  Ky. 

Prof.  A.  M.  Shipp,  D.  D.f Nashville,  Tenn. 

J.  M.  Spainhour Lenoir,  N.  C. 

Lieut.-Gov.  C.  M.  Stedman Wilmington,  N.  C. 

Benoni  Thorp Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Judge  C.  R.  Thomas New  Bern,  N.  C. 

Geo.  G.  Thomas,  M.  D Wilmington,  N.  C. 

Prof.  W.  D.  Toy,  A.  M Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Hon.  Z.  B.  Vance,  LL.  D Charlotte,  N.  C. 

Prof.  F.  P.  Venable,  Ph.  D Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Col.  J.  B.  Wheeler| West  Point,  N.  Y. 

J.  F.  Wilkes Charlotte,  N.  C. 

Maj.  Jas.  W.  Wilson Morganton,  N.  C 

Arthur  Winslow,  C.  E Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Prof.  Geo.  T.  Winston Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Thos.  F.  Wood,  M.  D Wilmington,  N.  C. 

David  G.  Worth Wilmington,  N.  C. 

associate  members. 

A.  Braswell... Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

V.  S.  Bryant Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

.J.  W.  B.  Dail Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

G.  W.  Edwards Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

T.  J.  Eskridge Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

J.  R.  Harris Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

J.  S.  Holmes Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

L.  W.   Lynch Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

T.  L.  Moore Chapel  Hill.  N.  C. 

E.  A.  Thies Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

T.   W.  Valentine Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

LIST    OF    DONORS    TO    THE    LIBRARY. 

Geo.  F.  Kunz New  York  City. 

Dr.  H.  C.  Bolton New  York  City. 

T.  H.  Aldrich Cincinnati,  Ohio. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  4!> 

E.  W.  Doran. Greenville,  Term. 

Dr.  Joseph  Le  Conte Berkeley,  Cal. 

Hon.  Z.  B.  Vance Charlotte,  N.  C. 

Prof.  J.  A.  R.  Newlands London,  England. 

Sir  J.  B.  Lawes Rothamsted,  England. 

Dr.  J.  W.  Mallet University  of  Virginia. 

Prof.  W.  M.  Fontaine  University  of  Virginia. 

Dr.  W.  B.  Phillips Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Prof.  G.  F.  Atkinson Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Hon.  John  Manning Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

Dr.  F.  P.  Venable Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 


50  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

SOCIETIES,  INSTITUTIONS,  &c, 

WITH  WHICH  PUBLICATIONS  ARE  EXCHANGED. 


Amherst — Massachusetts  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Baltimore — Johns  Hopkins  University  Circulars. 
Studies  from  Biological  Laboratory. 
Modern  Language  Notes. 
Berkeley — California  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Blue  Hill — Meteorological  Observatory. 
Boston — American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Boston  Scientific  Society. 

Massachusetts  Horticultural  Society. 

Public  Library. 

Popular  Science  News  (presented). 
Brookville — Society  of  Natural  History. 
Cambridge — Entomological  Club. 

Harvard  Museum  Comparative  Zoology. 
Harvard  Observatory. 
Carson  City — Meteorological  Observatory. 
Champaign — Illinois  State  Laboratory  of  Natural  History. 
Charleston — Elliott  Society  of  Science  and  Arts. 
Cincinnati — Society  of  Natural  History. 
Columbia — South  Carolina  Board  of  Health. 
Crawfordsville — Botanical  Gazette. 
Davenport — Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Denver — Colorada  Scientific  Society. 
Geneva — New  York  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Grand  Rapids — Michigan  Horticultural  Society. 
Granville — Denison  Scientific  Association. 

Denison  University  Scientific  Laboratories. 
Ithaca — Cornell  University  Bulletins. 
Little  Rock — Arkansas  Geological  Survey. 
Madison — Wisconsin  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Letter;-. 
Manhattan — Kansas  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Meriden — Scientific  Association. 
Milwaukee — Wisconsin  Natural  History  Society. 
Minneapolis — Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Nashville — Tennessee  Board  of  Health. 

New   Brighton — Natural  Science  Association  of  Staten  Island. 
New  Haven — Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Connecticut  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  51 

New  York — Academy  of  Sciences. 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
Linnean  Society. 
Microscopical  Society. 
School  of  Mines  Chemical  Society. 
Torrey  Botanical  Club. 
Obono — Maine  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Peoria — Science  Association. 
Philadelphia — Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

American  Philosophical  Society. 
Franklin  Institute. 
Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science. 
Raleigh — North  Carolina  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

North  Carolina  Horticultural  Society. 
Rochester — Warner  Observatory. 
Saco — York  Institute. 
Salem — Essex  Institute. 

Peabody  Academy  of  Science. 
San  Diego — West  American  Scientist. 
.San  Francisco — California  Academy  of  Sciences. 

California  Mining  Bureau. 
Springfield — Illinois  Geological  Survey. 
St.  Louis — Academy  of  Science. 
St.  Paul — Minnesota  Geological  Survey. 
Topeka — Washburn  College  Laboratory  of  Natural  History. 
Trenton — Natural  History  Society. 
Tuscaloosa — Alabama  Geological  Survey. 
University  of  Virginia — Leander  McCormick  Observatory. 
Urbana — Central  Ohio  Scientific  Association. 
Washington — Chemical  Society. 

National  Academy  of  Sciences. 
Philosophical  Society. 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 
U.  S.  Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
U.  S.  Fish  Commission. 
U.  S.  Geological  Survey. 
U.  S.  National  Museum. 
U.  S.  Signal  Service  Bureau. 
Smithsonian  Institution. 
Surgeon  General's  Office. 
U.  S.  Naval  Observatory. 
Wilmington — North  Carolina  Board  of  Health. 
North  Carolina  Medical  Society. 
North  Carolina  Medical  Journal. 


52  JOURNAL    OF    THE 


CANADA. 

Halifax — Nova  Scot i an  Institute  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Montreal — Natural  History  Society. 
Ottawa — Field  Naturalists'  Club. 

Royal  Society  of  Canada. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada. 
Port  Hope — Canadian  Entomologist. 
Toronto — Canadian  Institute. 
Winnipeg — Historical  and  Scientific  Society. 

GREAT    BRITAIN. 

Belfast — Naturalists'  Field  Club. 

Dumfries — Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 

Glasgow — Natural  History  Society. 

Halifax — Yorkshire  Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society. 

London — Royal  Society  of  England. 

Manchester — Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 

Rothamsted — Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

ITALY. 

Pisa — La  Societa  Toscana  di  Scienze  Natnrali. 

NETHERLANDS. 

Amsterdam — Royal  Academy  of  Sciences. 

Harlem — Musee  Teyler. 

L'trecht — La  Societe  Provinciale  des  Arts  et  des  Sciences. 

MEXICO. 

Mexico— Sociedad  Mexicana  de  Historia  Natural. 

SWITZERLAND. 

Bern — Die  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft. 
Fribourg — La  Societe  Fribourgeoise  des  Sciences  Naturelles. 
Lausanne — La  Societe  Yaudoise  des  Sciences  Naturelles. 
Zurich — Die  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft. 

RUSSIA. 

Kieff — La  Societe  des  Natural istes. 

Moscow — La  Societe  Imperiale  des  Naturalistes. 

Odessa — La  Societe  des  Naturalistes  de  la  Nouvelle-Russie. 

FRANCE. 

Amiens — La  Societe  Linneenne  de  Normandie. 
Caen — La  Societe  Linneenne  du  Nord  de  la  France. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  53 

GERMANY. 

Augsburg — Der  Naturhistorische  Verein. 

Berlin — Der  Entomologische  Verein,  Naturae  Novitates. 

Die  Gesellschaft  Naturforschender  Frennde. 
Bonn  —  Der  Naturhistorische  Verein. 
Danzig — Die  Naturforsehende  Gesellschaft. 

Frankfurt — Die  Senckenbergische  Naturforsehende  Gesellschaft. 
Frankfurt  — Der  Naturwissenschaftliche  Verein,  Societatum  Literae. 
Ciessen — Die  Oberhessische  Gesellschaft  fur  Natur  11.  Heilkundr. 
Hanau— Die  Wetterauische  Gesellschaft  fiir  die  Gesammte  Naturkunde. 
Heidelberg — Der  Naturhistorische-medicinische  Verein. 
Leipzig — Insekten-Boerse. 

Magdeburg — Der  Naturwissenschaftliche  Verein. 

Munster — Der  Westfalische  Provinzial  Verein  fiir  Wissenschaft  u.  Kunst. 
Kegensburg — Der  Naturwissenschaftliche  Verein. 
Wiesbaden — Der  Nassau ische  Verein  fiir  Naturkunde. 

BELGIUM. 

Bruxelles — La  Societe  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 

BRAZIL. 

Rio  de  Janeiro — Museu  Nacional. 

AUSTRIA. 

Vienna — Der  Wissenschaftliche  Club. 


JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


EL1SHA  MITCHELL  SCIENTIFIC  SOCIETY, 


VOLUME  V— PART  II. 


JULY-DECEMBER, 


1888 


PERMANENT   SECRETARY 


F.  P.  VENABLE,        -        CHAPEL  HILL,  N.  C. 


B.    M.    UZZELL,    STEAM   PRINTER   AND   BINDER. 
RALEIGH,    N.    C. 

1888. 


OFFICERS. 


1888-1889. 


PRESIDENT  : 

W.  J.  Martin,  Davidson  College,  N.  C. 

VICE-PRESIDENT  I 

George  B.  Hanna, U.  S.  Mint,  Charlotte,  N.  C. 

RESIDENT    VICE-PRESIDENT: 

R.  II.  Graves,  C.  and  M.  E Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

PERMANENT   SECRETARY    AND   TREASURER: 

F.  P.  Venable,  Ph.  D.,  F.  C.  S.,  .        .        .        Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 

RECORDING   SECRETARY    AND   LIBRARIAN: 

J.  W.  Gore,  C.  E., Chapel  Hill,  N.  C. 


LIBRARY    AND   PLACE   OF   MEETING: 

CHAPEL  HILL,  N.  C. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 


PAGE. 

The  Erection  of  the  Monument  to  Elisha  Mitchell  on   Mitchell's  High 

Peak.     W.B.Phillips 55 

Soaring  of  the  Turkey  Vulture  (Cathartes  Aura).     G.  F.  Atkinson 59 

Of  the  Three  Crystallographic  Axes.     W.  B.  Phillips 66 

Chlori nation  of  Auriferous  Sulphides.     E.  A.  Thies 68 

A  Method  of  Finding  the  Evolute  of  the  Four-cusped   Hypocycloid.     R. 

H.Graves 72 

Mica  Mining  in  North  Carolina.     W.  B.  Phillips  73 

Recalculations  of  the  Atomic  Weights.     F.  P.  VenaMe 98 

The  Change  in  Superphosphates  when  they  are  Applied  to  the  Soil.     H. 

B.  Battle Ill 

A  Partial  Chemical  Examination  of  Some  Species  of  the  Genus  Ilex.    F. 

P.  Venable   128 

Report  of  the  Recording  Secretary.     J.  W.  Gore 131 

List  of  Exchanges... 134 


JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Elisha  Mitchell  Scientific  Society. 


THE  ERECTION  OF  THE  MONUMENT  TO  ELISHA 
MITCHELL  ON  MITCHELL'S  HIGH  PEAK. 


^Abstract  of  an  Address  delivered  before  the   Elisha  Mitchell 

Society,  October  16th,  1888. 


WM.  B.  PHILLIPS. 


Thirty-one  years  ago  this  summer,  on  the  27th  of  June,  1857, 
the  Rev.  Dr.  Elisha  Mitchell,  Professor  of  Chemistry,  Miner- 
alogy and  Geology  in  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  lost  his 
life  by  falling  over  a  precipice  into  a  pool  of  water,  while  en- 
gaged in  the  scientific  exploration  of  the  High  Peak  in  Yancey 
county  which  now  bears  his  name.  After  the  recovery  of  the 
body  it  was  interred  at  Asheville,  N.  C,  until  June  16th,  1858, 
when  it  was  removed  to  the  summit  of  the  Peak.  Several 
attempts  have  been  made  to  erect  a  suitable  monument  to  his 
memory  there,  but,  from  some  cause  or  another,  they  all  came  to 
nought.  Upon  the  death  of  his  daughter,  Mrs.  E.  N.  Grant,  in 
1883,  it  was  found  that  she  had  set  aside  a  sum  of  money  to  be 
expended  for  this  purpose.  This  was  increased  from  time  to 
time  by  donations  from  other  members  of  the  family,  and  in  the 
spring  of  1888  a  sufficient  amount  was  available.     At  the  request 


*The  full  text  of  this  address  will  be  found  in  the   University  Magazine  for 
December,  1888. 


r>6  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

of  Miss  M.  E.  Mitchell,  of  Statesville,  N.  C,  the  University 
assumed  control  over  the  undertaking.  The  deed  to  the  site  of 
the  grave  was  vested  in  the  University,  and  a  committee  of  the 
Faculty  was  appointed  to  see  to  the  work.  This  committee  con- 
sisted of  President  Kemp  P.  Battle,  Prof.  J.  W.  Gore  and  Dr. 
Wm.  B.  Phillips. 

The  most  suitable  structure,  perhaps,  would  have  been  a  monu- 
ment of  rough  hewn  stone,  but  owing  to  the  great  difficulty  and 
expense  of  such  work  at  such  a  place,  after  mature  deliberation 
and  consultation  with  the  surviving  members  of  Dr.  Mitchell's 
family,  it  was  decided  to  erect  a  monument  of  white  bronze. 

The  plans,  drawings  and  estimates  were  submitted  to  his  family 
and  accepted  by  them.  In  May,  1888,  the  contract  was  let  to 
the  Monumental  Bronze  Company,  of  Bridgeport,  Conn.  It 
called  for  a  structure  of  white  bronze,  of  pyramidal  shape,  3 
feet  square  at  the  base,  12  feet  high,  cast  in  sections  with  interior 
bolts  of  copper  or  brass,  the  heaviest  piece  not  to  exceed  140 
pounds  in  weight,  the  whole  to  be  delivered  at  Black  Mountain 
Station,  on  the  W.  N.  C.  Railway,  by  the  middle  of  July,  for 
$400. 

The  other  members  of  the  committee  not  being  able  to  attend, 
Dr.  Phillips  was  requested  to  undertake  the  work.  From  Mitch- 
ell's High  Peak  to  Black  Mountain  Station,  the  nearest  availa- 
ble point  on  the  railway,  is  19  miles.  For  the  first  seven  miles 
from  the  station  the  road  is  fairly  good,  but  from  Patton's,  at 
the  foot  of  the  cedar  cliff  on  the  North  Fork  of  the  Swannanoa 
River,  the  road  for  the  last  12  miles  is  a  bridle  trail.  The  dif- 
ference in  elevation  between  Patton's  and  Mitchell's  High  Peak 
is  about  3,600  feet,  the  former  being  about  3,000,  and  the  latter 
6,688  feet  high.  The  average  grade  is,  therefore,  about  300  feet 
to  the  mile,  although  for  the  first  7  miles  it  greatly  exceeds  this, 
being  nearly  500  feet  to  the  mile  for  the  first  5  miles.  For  the 
first  3  miles  above  Patton's  a  tolerable  wagon  road  was  prepared, 
leaving  thus  9  miles  for  the  "carry."  Three  weeks  were  spent 
in  repairing  the  trail,  which  in  places  had  been  blocked  by  fallen 
timber   and   badly  washed   by  the  torrents  of  water  that   rush 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  57 

down  it  after  every  rain.  For  several  miles  the  trail  was  a  ditch 
from  1  to  4  feet  deep,  and  from  2  to  3  feet  wide,  at  places  inter- 
sected by  hundreds  of  roots,  at  others  rendered  almost  impassable 
by  shelving  rocks,  so  that  it  was,  on  the  whole,  in  a  deplorable 
condition.  The  work  on  the  trail  was  begun  July  18th,  and  by 
August  7th  was  finished  to  the  top  of  the  Peak.  The  trans- 
portation of  the  monument  from  the  railway  was  begun  August 
7th.  It  was  packed  in  7  cases  weighing  in  all  1,041  pound.-, 
and  was  hauled  in  a  wagon  2  miles  above  Pattern's,  there  un- 
packed and  the  several  sections,  9  in  number,  slung  on  poles  and 
the  ft carry"  was  begun.  It  could  have  been  hauled  in  the  wagon 
one  mile  further,  but  it  was  found  more  convenient  to  send  the 
wagon  on  with  the  provisions  and  tools,  and  to  carry  the  monu- 
ment from  this  point  on  men's  shoulders.  All  the  sections  were 
thus  carried  for  ten  miles.  In  three  aud  a  half  days  after  the 
monument  was  received  at  the  railway  it  was  laid  alongside  the 
grave  on  the  Peak.  It  weighed  about  900  pounds  and  required 
for  its  transportation  13  men  and  one  boy  for  3 J  days,  and  two 
oxen  and  a  wagon  1 J  days.  The  cost  of  the  transportation  was 
§46.96. 

The  work  of  quarrying  out  stone  for  the  foundation  was  begun 
Monday,  August  13th.  The  rock  on  the  Peak  is  a  coarse  gneiss, 
very  friable  and  brittle,  so  that  it  was  found  best  to  get  out  two 
blocks  and  join  them  in  a  bedding  of  Portland  cement.  The 
two  together  weighed  about  1,800  pounds,  and  after  drilling  in 
them  the  necessary  anchor  holes  they  were  placed  in  position  at 
the  head  of  the  grave  and  leveled.  The  bottom  section  of  the 
monument,  weighing  140  pounds,  was  then  anchored  to  the 
foundation  by  eight  §  in.  copper  bolts,  screwed  into  the  metal  base 
and  -'leaded"  into  the  rock,  extending  into  this  4  inches.  The 
second  section  was  then  bolted  to  the  first  by  eight  h  in.  copper 
bolts  fastened  from  within.  The  third  section  was  bolted  to  the 
second  by  eight  I  in.  copper  bolts,  and  fastened  to  the  bed-rock  by 
four  1  in.  zinc  bolts,  screwed  into  the  section  and  "  leaded  "  into  the 
rock  for  4  inches.  The  monument  is  thus  anchored  to  the  bed- 
rock by  eight  §  in.  copper  bolts,  and  four  1  in.  zinc  bolts.      Each 


58  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

section  was  bolted  to  the  one  underneath  by  eight  J  in.  copper  bolts, 
all  of  which  fitted  fairly  well,  except  a  few.  All  these  bolts  are 
within  the  structure,  none  of  them  show  from  the  outside. 
Finally,  the  cap,  weighing  about  80  pounds,  was  hoisted  up,  and 
screwed  to  the  eighth  section  by  four  J  in.  copper  screws  with 
ornamental  zinc  heads.  These  heads'  being  of  the  exact  composi- 
tion and  color  of  the  monument  itself,  are  counter-sunk  into  the 
cap,  and  are  barely  noticeable. 

The  last  screw  was  fastened  at  4:45  P.  M.,  August  18th,  and 
the  monument  stood  complete.  It  is  severely  plain,  and  has 
upon  it  no  figure  work  or  ornamental  design  of  any  kind. 
Upon  the  western  side  appears,  in  raised  letters,  the  word 
"  MITCHELL";  on  the  side  towards  the  grave  is  the  following 
brief  inscription  :  "  Here  lies,  in  hope  of  a  blessed  resurrection, 
the  body  of  the  Rev.  Elisha  Mitchell,  D.  D.,  who,  after  being 
for  39  years  a  Professor  in  the  University  of  North  Carolina, 
lost  his  life  in  the  scientific  exploration  of  this  mountain,  in  the 
64th  year  of  his  age,  June  27th,  1857." 

Below  this  are  the  words:  "  Erected  in  1888." 

There  were  no  ceremonies  connected  with  the  erection  of  this 
monument,  the  family  having  so  requested.  Dr.  Phillips's  ad- 
dress before  the  University  is  alone  commemorative  of  the  event. 

The  material  of  which  the  monument  is  made  is  known  as 
white  bronze.  It  is,  in  fact,  almost  pure  zinc,  which  is  treated 
under  the  sand  blast  to  impart  a  finely  granular  appearance,  and 
to  cause  it  to  resemble  white  granite.  It  does  closely  resemble 
this  stone.  It  is  practically  weather-proof  and  will  not  become 
discolored.  It  crowns  the  summit  of  the  highest  Peak  in  the 
United  States  east  of  the  Mississippi  River,  and  is  probably  the 
"  highest ';  monument  in  this  country  which  has  been  made 
for  the  purpose  and  transported  on  men's  shoulders  so  great  a 
distance. 

Some  idea  of  the  difficulties  connected  with  this  undertaking 
may  be  had  by  bearing  in  mind  that  the  nearest  house  to  the 
Peak  on  the  southern  side,  from  which  is  the  best  ascent,  is  12 
miles  away.     All   the  tools,  provisions,  cement,  blankets,  &c, 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  59 

had  to  be  "packed"  up  from  this  house,  and  in  many  instances 
had  to  be  brought  from  Asheville,  32  miles  off,  by  rail  for  12 
miles,  and  by  horses  and  men  for  20  miles.  Not  more  than  13 
men  were  employed  at  any  one  time.  The  total  expense  of  erect- 
ing this  monument,  inclusive  of  the  first  cost,  will  approximate 
$750. 


SOARING  OF   THE   TURKEY  VULTURE, 

( Ca  thartes  aura) . 


GEO.  F.  ATKINSON. 


The  problem  of  the  soaring  of  birds  has  occupied  the  atten- 
tion of  different  observers  for  more  than  a  century,  and  although 
many  of  the  puzzling  manoeuvres,  and  translations,  of  birds 
with  outstretched  wings  have  been  satisfactorily  accounted  for, 
there  still  remain  many  observed  facts  unsatisfactorily  ex- 
plained because  of  the  great  obscurity  in  which  the  problem  is 
veiled.  Probably  from  the  earliest  dawn  of  human  conscious- 
ness man  has  marveled  at,  and  coveted,  the  ease  with  which  birds 
move  through  the  air  over  vast  distances,  or  rise  in  a  few  hours, 
on  motionless  wing,  from  within  a  few  hundred  yards  of  the 
earth  to  several  miles  up  in  the  frigid  air  of  the  heavens.  Dur- 
ing the  last  century  it  is  noteworthy  that,  along  with  the  great 
progress  made  in  the  discovery  of  the  laws  of  motion,  this  prob- 
lem lias  received  its  due  share  of  consideration,  but  is  refractory 
(if  the  phrase  will  be  allowed)  in  the  matter  of  yielding  the 
subtleties  of  its  nature. 

It  may  be  interesting,  in  connection  with  the  presentation  of 
this  subject,  to  briefly  review  some  of  the  chief  discussions  dur- 
ing this  period. 

Old  treatises  on  falconry  describe  the  interesting  evolutions  of 
the  birds  employed   in   hunting.     Huber,  in    1784,  published  at 


60  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

Geneva  a  large  work  in  which  he  describes  the  curvilinear  move- 
ments of  the  falcons.  The  oblique  downward  motion  "was 
sufficient  to  carry  it  without  effort  as  high  as  the  elevation  from 
which  it  came."  Monsieur  Morey*  says  this  is  an  exaggeration. 
Observers  say  birds  can  sustain  themselves  in  the  air  by  the 
use  of  the  wind  alone.  Count  d'Esteruo,  in  a  remarkable  mem- 
oir on  the  flight  of  birds,  says,  "  Every  one  can  see  some  bird 
practicing  this  method  of  flight;  to  deny  it  is  to  deny  self-evi- 
dent facts."  M.  Morey  acknowledges  that  he  has  seen  it,  but 
attributes  it  to  the  bird  passing  alternately  from  quiet  air  to  a 
current.  • 

A  large  part  of  the  discussion  iu  Nature,  through  Vols.  VIII — 
XXVIII,  hinged  on  a  misunderstanding  between  the  disputants 
as  to  the  meauing  of  the  word  hovering ;  some  discussing  the 
matter  from  the  point  of  view  of  motionless  wings,  while  others 
treated  it  having  in  mind  a  slow  flapping  of  the  wings,  while 
the  bird  remained  over  one  place  on  the  earth. 

It  has  loug  been  observed  that  some  soaring  birds,  after  rising 
to  the  height  of  a  few  hundred  feet  by  flapping  their  wings,  soar 
around  in  great  circles  on  motionless  wings  and  continually  rise 
higher  and  higher  until  they  are  several  miles  from  the  surface 
of  the  earth.  S.  E.  Peal,  writing  from  Sapakati,  Sibsagar, 
Asam,  gives  an  account  of  this  manner  of  the  translation  of 
soaring  birds  observed  by  him.f  Whenever  the  birds  attempted 
to  soar  the  wind  was  blowing.  When  they  began  to  circle  the 
resultant  course  of  motion  was  upward,  and  toward  the  point  of 
compass  to  which  the  current  of  air  was  moving.  In  soaring, 
when  facing  the  wind,  the  slant  of  the  wing  was  such  as  to  cause 
the  birds  to  rise,  but  as  they  turned  with  the  wind  the  slant  of 
the  wing  was  changed  to  give  a  slight  downward  motion,  then 
again  turning  to  face  the  wind  they  rose  higher  than  before,  and 
at  each  completion  of  the  circle  the  bird  was  farther  from  the 
earth.     In  this  way  the  course  of  the  bird  through  the  aii  was 


-Phenomena  of  flight  in  the  animal  kingdom 
fNature,  Vol.  XX IT,  p.  10. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  61 

spiral,  the  spire  leaning  in  the  direction  of  the  current  of  air. 
Lord  Rayleigh,  F.  R.  S.,.was  the  first  to  demonstrate,  mathe- 
matically, how  this  elevation  might  be  attained  under  such  cir- 
cumstances without  resort  to  flapping  of  the  wings.*  In  mid 
air  the  bird  starts  to  soar  with  the  momentum  acquired  by  flap- 
ping its  wings  in  rising.  Say,  with  outstretched  wings,  it  faces 
the  wind,  and  gradually  rises  until  the  momentum  it  had  acquired 
is  overcome  by  gravity;  it  then  turns  and  gradually  descends, 
on  a  plain  oblique  to  the  horizontal,  for  a  short  distance.  In 
doing  this  its  velocity  is  increased  from  the  operation  of  two 
causes.  The  first  of  these  causes  is  the  ever  present  action  of 
gravity.  The  second  and  more  important  cause  requires  some 
introductory  remarks.  For  the  sake  of  clearness  let  us  divide 
the  air  into  a  number  of  strata  parallel  with  the  surface  of  the 
earth.  During  a  wind,  the  different  strata  of  air,  starting  with 
the  lowest,  move  with  successively  increasing  velocities.  When 
the  bird,  facing  the  wind,  has  used  up  the  momentum  it  had 
acquired,  it  turns  with  the  wind  and  passes  into  a  lower  stratum 
of  air  the  velocity  of  which  is  less  than  that  of  the  stratum  from 
which  the  bird  came.  In  this  position  the  simple  act  of  trans- 
position to  a  lower  stratum  of  less  velocity  gives  the  bird  a  rela- 
tively increased  velocity.  With  this  increment  of  velocity  it 
sails  along  in  the  lower  stratum,  and  turning  rises  into  the 
stratum  above.  Here  another  increment  of  relative  velocity  is 
acquired.  This  enables  the  bird  to  rise  into  a  still  higher  stratum, 
which  moves  with  greater  velocity,  and  another  increment  of 
relative  velocity  is  added. 

Suppose  the  bird  was  in  stratum  b  when  it  first  turned,  and 
that  6  moves  at  the  rate  of  10  miles  per  hour.  As  the  bird  has 
used  up  its  acquired  momentum,  relatively  to  the  air  it  is  not 
moving  forward.  Now  as  it  passes  to  stratum  a  which  has  a 
velocity  of  5  miles  per  hour,  the  bird  acquires  a  relative  velocity 
of  five  miles  per  hour.  Now  turning  and  facing  the  wind  it 
rises  into  b  and   has   a  relative  velocity  of  15  miles  per  hour, 


*Xature,  Vol.  XXVII,  p.  534. 


62  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

which  would  be  sufficient  to  carry  it  to  a  poiut  higher  than  that 
from  which  it  came  in  stratum  b:  i.  e.,  to  c.  From  c  it  would 
descend  into  b  and  then  rise  into  d  and  so  on. 

Lord  Rayleigh  says  he  would  not  have  supposed  a  'priori  that 
the  increment  in  the  velocity  of  wind  at  different  heights  was 
sufficient,  but  "soirie  explanation  is  badly  wanted." 

Hubert  Airy*  suggests  the  possibility  of  vortices  of  air  cur- 
rents that  are  constantly  receding  from  the  earth,  and  that  the 
bird  may  possibly  keep  in  the  rear  of  one  of  these. 

R.  Courtenayt  states  that  the  Black  Vulture  of  Jamaica  in 
France  utilizes  currents  of  different  velocities,  and  may  even 
make  use  of  descending  currents  to  acquire  an  increase  of  velocity. 
In  all  of  this  discussion  the  bird's  wing  was  treated  of  as  if  it  were 
a  smooth  plane.  All  who  have  carefully  examined  a  bird's  wing 
know  how  well  adapted  it  is  to  produce  forward  motion  of  the 
bird  by  striking  the  air  perpendicularly.  This  peculiar  adapta- 
tion of  the  wing  has  been  described  before  quite  frequently,  but 
I  repeat  it  here  briefly  because  of  the  important  bearing  it  has 
upon  the  subject.  The  work  of  the  wing,  either  flapping  or 
motionless,  is  to  compress  air.  The  work  of  the  elastic  air,  as 
it  tends  to  assume  its  normal  condition,  works  on  the  wing  and 
produces  forward  motion.  The  uuder  surface  of  the  wing  is  so 
constructed  that  air  passing  to  the  ulnar  (rear)  edge  meets  with 
little  or  no  resistance,  but  the  air  passing  to  the  anterior,  or 
radial,  edge  meets  with  great  resistance.  The  radial  edge,  also, 
of  soaring  birds  projects  downward  by  the  enlargements  of  the 
bones  and  muscles  of  the  brachium,  manus,  etc.  This  also  catches 
some  of  the  air  and  impedes  its  movement.  The  ulnar  edge 
of  the  wing  is  made  up  of  the  tips  of  the  feathers,  called  the 
secondaries  and  tertiaries  of  the  wing.  These  are  bent  upward 
by  the  air  which  passes  this  edge.  As  there  is  a  partial  vacuum 
above  the  wing,  the  air  pushes  forward  on  this  upturned  edge 
as  it  flows  past  to  fill  it. 


-Nature,  Vol.  XXVII,  p.  590. 
jlbid.,  Vol.  XXVIII,  p.  28. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  63 

Then  the  action  of  all  the  compressed  air  which  passes  the 
ulnar  edge,  and  of  all  which  passes  forward  upon  the  under  sur- 
face of  the  wing  is  to  cause  forward  motion  of  the  bird. 

Thus  we  see  there  are  two  forces  which  combine  to  give  a 
bird,  with  outstretched  wings,  forward  motion  : 

1st.  Gravity ;  2d.  The  resistance  offered  by  the  wings  to  the 
forward  movement  of  the  compressed  air.  The  first  acts  per- 
pendicularly to  the  earth;  the  second  is  subject  to  the  will  of  the 
bird,  and  may  act  horizontally,  or  obliquely  toward  the  earth,  or 
obliquely  from  it.  The  resultant,  however,  when  the  air  is 
quiet,  and  the  bird  has  no  momentum,  except  that  initiated  by 
gravity,  is  always  toward  the  earth,  though  in  some  cases  it  may 
be  on  a  plane  diverging  only  slightly  below  the  horizontal.  The 
resultant  from  the  two  forces  has  somewhat  the  same  effect  upon 
the  bird  that  a  string,  in  the  hands  of  a  running  boy,  has  upon 
a  kite  in  quiet  air.  The  bird  does  not  move  in  the  line  of  the 
resultant  of  the  two  forces,  but  on  a  plane  somewhere  between 
the  resultant  and  the  horizontal.  This  being  true,  the  additional 
force,  or  forces,  necessary  to  carry  the  bird  on  a  horizontal  plane, 
or  a  slightly  ascending  plane,  would  be  far  less  than  many  would 
think. 

Many  times  have  I  watched  the  Turkey  Vultures  in  soaring 
flight,  when  without  flapping  their  wings  they  would  rise  several 
hundred  feet.  A  case  came  under  my  observation  in  which  the 
bird  could  not  possibly  have  depended  upon  successively  increas- 
ing velocities  in  the  currents  of  air  to  supply  the  force  necessary 
to  permit  it  to  rise  in  an  ascending  plane.  I  stood  on  a  hill,  and 
watched  a  Vulture  which  was  soaring  in  the  valley.  The  wind 
was  blowing  a  brisk  breeze,  but  the  configuration  of  the  land 
was  such  that  it  is  not  probable  there  was  an  upward  current. 
The  remarkable  thing  is  that  the  bird  did  not  move  off  with  the 
wind  as  it  rose,  but  the  spiral  course  was  perpendicular.  In 
three  circles  it  rose  two  hundred  feet  above  my  head  and  then 
passed  off  at  a  right  angle  to  the  direction  of  the  wind.  I 
noticed  that  the  bird  slowly  rocked  first  on  one  side  and  then  on 
the  other,  especially   when   it  faced    the  wind.     At  the  time  I 

2 


64  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

thought  this  was  produced  by  unsteady  currents  of  wind.  It  is 
probable,  however,  that  this  slow  rocking,  which  I  have  noticed 
is  quite  common  with  the  Turkey  Vulture,  gives  the  needed 
additional  force,  in  many  instances,  required  to  ascend.  The 
rocking  is  equivalent  to  a  slow  flapping  of  the  wings. 

To  show  how  beautifully  the  wing  is  adapted  to  utilize  to  the 
best  advantage  all  of  the  compressed  air,  I  wish  to  call  attention 
to  a  use  of  the  primaries  of  a  bird's  wing,  which  up  to  this  time 
seems  to  have  been  overlooked.  Indeed,  in  some  cases  the  special 
structure  which  I  wish  to  point  out  has  been  regarded  by  some 
eminent  men  as  detrimental  to  the  bird,  so  that  they  have,  in 
some  cases,  conceived  that  the  bird  resorts  to  some  mechanical 
contrivance  to  give  to  the  wing  the  form  which  nature  neglected 
to  give ! 

In  looking  up  this  question  it  has  surprised  me  to  see  how 
near  the  Duke  of  Argyll  was  to  the  truth  in  regard  to  the  use 
of  the  primaries,  and  yet  missed  it  at  last ! 

He  says :  *"  Round-ended  wings  are  also  almost  always  open- 
ended,  that  is  to  say,  the  tips  of  the  quills  (primaries)  do  not 
touch  each  other,  but  leave  interspaces  at  the  end  of  the  wing, 
through  wrhich,  of  course,  a  good  deal  of  air  escapes.  Since 
each  single  quill  is  formed  on  the  same  principle  as  the  whole 
wing — that  is,  with  the  anterior  margin  stiff  and  the  posterior 
margin  vielding — this  escape  is  not  useless  for  progression  ;  but 
the  air  acts  less  favorably  for  this  purpose  than  when  struck  by  a 
more  compact  set  of  feathers." 

The  italics  are  my  own.  I  wish  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  he 
concludes  a  compact  set  of  primaries  would  be  more  useful  than 
the  natural  separation  of  the  primaries.  I  contend  that  the  con- 
verse is  true,  namely,  that  the  natural  separation  of  the  prima- 
ries, of  a  round-ended  wing,  is  more  useful  for  progression  than  a 
compact  set  of  feathers  would  be.  Else,  why  did  nature  make 
them  so? 

A  careful  examination  of  the  structure  of  the  primaries  of  the 
Turkey  Vulture's  wing,  and  the  length  of  the  separated  portion 


-Reign  of  Law,  5th  Ed.,  pp.  156-157. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  65 

compared  with  the  extent  of  compressing  surface  of  the  entire 
wing,  will  be  sufficient  to  convince  one  of  the  truth  of  the  propo- 
sition. 

Take  a  single  primary.  The  rachis  (the  portion  of  the  quill 
extending  through  the  length  of  the  feather)  is  quite  stiff,  rect- 
angular in  cross-section,  and  projects  downward  below  the  vanes 
of  the  feather  for  their  entire  length.  It  is  also  near  the  anterior 
edge  of  the  feather  and  offers  effective  resistance  to  all  air  mov- 
ing forward  on  the  under  surface.  The  posterior  edge  of  the 
vaue  is  easily  bent  upward  by  the  passing  air  and  forms  a  resist- 
ance to  the  air  passing  forward  over  it,  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  posterior  edge  of  the  entire  wing  presents  resistance  to  the 
air  flowing  in  to  fill  the  partial  vacuum  spoken  of.  About  mid- 
way of  the  feather  both  the  anterior  and  posterior  vanes  are 
suddenly  narrowed;  the  anterior  one  is  narrowed  close  down  to 
the  rachis,  so  that  the  rachis  forms  the  anterior  edge  of  the 
feather;  the  posterior  vane  is  narrowed  down  to  about  one-half  its 
width.  When  the  wing  is  outstretched  the  primaries  are  sepa- 
rated from  the  point  of  narrowing  of  the  vanes  to  their  tips. 
The  development  of  the  peculiar  shape  of  the  primaries,  as  de- 
scribed, was  for  the  purpose  of  admitting  their  separation  at  this 
point.  The  distance  from  this  point  of  separation  to  the  tips  of 
the  primaries  is  about  eight  inches;  from  the  same  point  to  the 
body  of  the  bird  is  about  two  feet.  The  depth  of  the  wing  from 
anterior  to  posterior  edge  is  about  one  foot.  When  the  bird  is 
soaring  the  compact  portion  of  the  wing,  a  surface  two  feet  by 
one  foot,  compresses  the  air.  The  compressed  air  tends  to  rush 
out  in  three  directions,  cephalad  (anteriorly),  eaudad  (posteriorly), 
and  distad,  i.  e.,  toward  the  outer  end  of  the  wing,  at  a  right  angle 
to  the  direction  the  bird  is  moving.  All  of  the  air  which  rushes 
out  at  the  distal  end  of  the  wing  passes  upward  between  the 
separated  primaries,  and  each  one  utilizes  the  air  next  to  it  in 
forward  motion.  Did  these  feathers  forma  compact  surface,  the 
only  portion  of  air  utilized  would  be  the  small  amount  passing  by 
the  anterior  primary  and  the  posterior  outstretched  primary.  All 
the  remainder  would  pass  out  at  the  tips  of  the  primaries,  and 


66  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

push  toward  the  bird.  The  corresponding  amount  of  air  would 
be  lost  at  the  tip  of  the  other  wing,  and  would  work  to  coun- 
teract the  sideways  thrust  of  the  first  one  mentioned.  This 
amount  of  air  beside  being  lost  would  actually  work  to  the  an- 
noyance of  the  bird.  Work  would  be  performed  only  by  one 
primary,  whereas,  with  the  primaries  separated,  all  work,  and  all 
of  the  air  is  utilized.  The  value  of  the  separation  can  be  seen 
when  we  consider  the  amount  of  air  which  passes  out  at  the  end 
of  such  a  large  compressing  surface,  and  especially  when  we 
note  in  soaring  the  distal  ends  of  the  bird's  wings  are  slightly 
elevated. 

It  is  difficult  to  conceive  how  Mr.  Trowbridge  could  mistake 
this  natural  emargination  of  the  primaries  of  soaring  birds*  for 
a  wearing  produced  by  a  supposed  artificial  overlapping  of  these 
primaries  to  which  the  bird  had  recourse  in  soaring.  Were  it 
possible  for  such  a  bird  to  lock  its  primaries  into  a  compact  sur- 
face, it  could  not  soar  so  readily  as  when  the  primaries  wTere  in 
their  natural  position. 


OF  THE  THREE  CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC  AXES. 


\VM.  B.  PHILLIPS. 


The  study  of  Crystallography  is  considered  by  most  young 
students  as  something  of  a  bugbear.  This  view  of  a  really 
beautiful  study  is  perhaps  not  unnatural.  So  short  a  time  is 
devoted  to  it  in  most  colleges  that  opportunity  is  not  given  for 
the  proper  unfolding  of  it. 

During  the  course  in  Mineralogy  as  offered  in  the  University 
of  North  Carolina  for  the  past  two  years  the  greatest  difficulty 
that  has  been  met  is  in  the  almost  total  lack  of  training  in  the 


^Science,  Nov.  18,  1887,  Jan.  6,  1888. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  67 

imagining  of  lines  that  do  not  exist,  the  so-called  crystallographic 
axes.  Without  a  clear  conception  of  this  fundamental  principle 
it  is  well-nigh  impossible  to  impress  upon  the  mind  of  the  stu- 
dent the  idea  of  a  crystal. 

The  following  scheme,  after  mature  deliberation  and  consul- 
tation with  Dr.  Chas.  Phillips,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Mathe- 
matics in  the  University,  was  adopted,  and  found  to  be  of  con- 
siderable help  in  directing  attention  to  these  lines.  It  is  given 
here  in  the  hope  that  other  teachers,  not  only  of  Mineralogy  but 
of  Mathematics  as  well,  may  find  it  of  value. 

In  every  crystal  there  are  three  imaginary  lines  termed  crys- 
tallographic axes.     These  three  axes  are  either 

(1).  All  of  one  length,  or 

(2).  Two  of  one  length,  and  the  third  of  another,  or 

(3).  All  three  of  different  lengths. 

Under  (1).  we  may  have 

a.  Each  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  other  two. 

b.  One  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  other  two,  which 

(two)  are  oblique  to  each  other. 

c.  One  oblique  to  the  plane  of  the  other  two,  which  (two) 

are  perpeudicular  to  each  other. 
The  same  is  true  under  (2).  and  under  (3). 
Adopting  the  following  notation 

la     lb     1c     Id 

2a     2b     2c     2d 

3a     3b     3c     3d     we  have 
la= Isometric  system 
lb     has  no  crystal  system 

1,1         u       u  u  a 

2a=Tetragonal  system. 

2b=Hexagonal  system,  but  as  the  60°  axis  may  lie  on  either 

side  of  its  principal  this  system  has  four  axes  instead 

of  three. 
2c     has  no  crystal  system 
2d       "     "       "  " 


68  JOURNAL   OF    THE 

3a=Rhombic  system 

3b=Monoclinic  system 

3c     has  no  system 

3d=Triclinic  system. 

By  this  conception  we  excinde  from  the  possibilities  of  crystal 
form  lb.  lc.  Id.  because  equality  of  length  among  the  three 
axes  is  always  connected  with  rectangularity  of  intersection. 
We  exclude  also  2c.  and  2d.  because  with  axes  of  two  different 
values  no  other  conceptions  are  crystallographically  possible  than 
that  of  rectangularity  of  intersection,  as  in  the  Tetragonal  sys- 
tem, and  obliquity  of  intersection  as  in  the  Hexagonal  system. 
Lastly  we  exclude  3c.  because  with  axes  of  three  different  values, 
we  do  not  have,  in  crystals,  one  of  the  axes  oblique  to  the  rect- 
angular intersection  of  the  other  two. 

(Compare  V.  v.  Lang,  Lehrb.  der  Krystallog.  S.  99;  Sohncke, 
Entw.  einer  Theorie  der  Krystallstructur,  Leipzig,  1879,  and  an 
article  by  Sohncke,  Ann.  d.  Phys.  u.  Chem.  Bd.  132). 


CHLORINATION  OF  AURIFEROUS  SULPHIDES. 


E.  A.  THIES. 


Chlorination  is  the  name  applied  to  the  treatment  of  oxidized 
gold  ores  with  free  chlorine,  and  the  success  of  the  process  de- 
pends upon  thoroughness  of  the  previous  oxidation. 

The  material  employed  is  auriferous  pyrite  containing  also 
from  one  to  two  per  cent,  copper  in  the  shape  of  sulphide. 

At  the  Phoenix  Mine,  in  Cabarrus  county,  the  gangue  is 
quartz  with  varying  amount  of  heavy  spar  (Barite). 

The  ore  from  the  mine  is  passed  through  a  Blake  crusher  and 
stamped  in  ordinary  ten  stamp  mill  for  the  purpose  of  pulver- 
izing it  to  40  mesh  and  saving  most  of  the  free  gold,  which  is 
always  present.     The  shines  are  passed  over  True  Vanuer  con- 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  69 

centrators  for  the  purpose  of  separating  the  sulphurets  from  the 
gangue;  the  proportion  of  sulphurets  to  gaugue  varies  from  teu 
to  thirty-five  per  cent.  The  concentrates  contain  from  25  to  30 
per  cent,  sulphur,  with  a  value  of  $20  per  ton,  and  contain  from 
1  to  2  per  cent,  copper,  with  small  amount  of  silver.  These  are 
dead  roasted  in  a  revolving  hearth  furnace,  with  frequent  rab- 
bling; each  furnace  will  roast  about  one  ton  in  twelve  hours. 
It  is  upon  the  thoroughness  of  this  roast  that  the  success  of  the 
succeeding  chlorination  depends;  it  is  the  purpose  to  free  the  ore 
as  far  as  possible  from  sulphur  compounds.  Assay  value  of 
roasted  ore  is  about  §30  per  ton.  The  thoroughly  roasted  ore 
is  then  charged  into  a  lead-lined  iron  cylinder,  42  in.  x  60  in., 
provided  with  discharge  valve,  with  heads  securely  bolted  on 
each  end ;  by  suitable  gearing  these  cylinders  are  caused  to  revolve 
horizontally  at  the  rate  of  20  revolutions  per  minute.  Charge 
for  each  cylinder  is  as  follows: 

Roasted  ore,  ...  1  ton. 

Water,  .         .         .         .  100  to  125  gallons. 

Bleach,  .  .  .  .  40  to  50  lbs. 

Sulphuric  acid  66°,        .         .  50  to  60  5bs. 

The  valve  is  closed,  the  cylinder  set  in  motion  and  continued 
so  from  8  to  10  hours.  The  chemical  action  within  the  cylinder 
is  the  evolution  of  free  chlorine  by  the  action  of  the  sulphuric  acid 
on  the  bleach  with  formation  of  sulphate  of  lime;  the  free  chlorine 
attacks  the  oxide  of  copper  formed  in  roasting,  with  formation 
of  chloride  of  copper,  the  free  gold  with  formation  of  gold 
chloride  aud  some  of  the  oxide  of  iron  with  formation  of  iron 
chloride.  It  is  in  the  chlorinator  that  the  necessity  of  a  dead 
roast  becomes  apparent,  for  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  upon  the 
undecom posed  sulphides  would  yield  hydrogen  sulphide  and 
precipitate  the  gold  from  the  gold  chloride  and  any  ferrous  sul- 
phate left  in  the  ore  would  likewise  cause  a  precipitation  of  the 
gold.  In  neither  case,  then,  could  the  gold  be  leached  out  in  the 
form  of  chloride. 

It  has  been  found  by  actual  practice  that  it  is  better  to  divide 
the  charge  of  bleach  and  acid   aud   add   them   at   least  in  two 


70  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

separate  portions,  maintaining,  however,  the  proportion  between 
them. 

After  the  gold  has  been  converted  into  soluble  chloride,  which 
generally  happeus,  as  before  stated,  in  8  or  10  hours,  the  chlo- 
rinator  is  discharged  into  the  filter. 

The  filters  are  wooden  boxes  6  feet  wide,  8  feet  long,  1J  feet 
deep,  lined  with  lead  and  filled  for  6  in.  to  7  in.  with  gravel,  as 
follows:  A  false  bottom  is  laid,  provided  with  numerous  small 
outlets;  this  false  bottom  was  formerly  made  of  wood,  but  is 
now  made  of  perforated  tiles.  On  it  is  placed  first  a  layer  of 
very  coarse  gravel  about  1  in.  in  thickness,  and  so  on  up  to  the 
height  of  6  in.  to  7  in.,  the  material  of  each  succeeding  layer  being- 
smaller  than  that  underneath,  the  topmost  layer  being  fine  sand. 
Made  in  this  way  a  filter  will  last  from  12  to  18  months  without 
being  renewed.  The  material  discharged  from  the  chlorinator 
is  a  mixture  of  solid  and  liquid  substances,  the  solids  being  oxide 
of  iron,  gangue,  sulphate  of  lime  and  silver  chloride  if  any  sil- 
ver is  present.  The  liquid  being  aqueous  solution  of  the  chlo- 
rides of  gold,  copper  and  iron  with  some  free  sulphuric  acid,  the 
filter  retains  the  solids,  while  the  liquids  drain  away  in  suita- 
ble vats.  The  filter  is  washed  until  all  the  gold  chloride  is 
washed  out,  which  is  ascertained  by  observing  whether  the 
last  filtrate  reacts  with  copperas  solution.  Time  required  for 
filtering  and  washing  a  charge  is  from  two  to  three  hours, 
and  amount  of  wash-water  used  is  about  three  hundred  gallons; 
the  leached  ore  on  filter  is  thrown  away,  unless  by  panning 
it  is  found  that  the  free  gold  has  not  been  dissolved;  .in  this 
case  it  is  re-chlorinated,  if  the  amount  is  sufficient  to  warrant 
the  expense.  If  much  silver  be  present,  it  will  be  on  the  filter 
as  chloride  and  can  then  be  leached  out  with  "  hypo,"  and  pre- 
cipitated with  hydrogen  sulphide.  The  gold  solution  is  stored 
in  lead-lined  wooden  tanks  holding  about  1,800  gallons.  A 
sufficient  quantity  is  from  time  to  time  run  into  precipitating 
vats  lined  with  lead  and  then  precipitated  as  metallic  gold 
by  ferrous  sulphate.  Thrown  down  in  this  way  gold  is  a  very 
fine  brownish   powder  and   requires  about  four  days   to  settle. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  71 

When  the  gold  is  fully  settled,  the  supernatant  liquor  is  run  off 
into  tanks  in  which  scrap  iron  is  thrown  for  the  purpose  of 
recovering  the  copper  in  the  solution.  The  gold  precipitate  is 
scraped  up,  washed  carefully  with  hot  water  and  thrown  on 
paper  filters.  It  is  dried  in  stove  and  melted  down  in  the 
usual  way  into  bullion.  As  a  rule  the  auriferous  sulphides  in 
North  Carolina  contain  but  little  silver,  and  the  bullion  obtained 
by  this  process  is  from  990  to  996  fine. 

By  this  process  90  per  cent,  of  the  assay  value  in  gold  is 
guaranteed;  the  actual  return  is  never  lower  than  this  and  for 
the  most  part  is  higher. 

No  other  process  which  has  been  applied  to  auriferous  sul- 
phides in  this  State  has  yielded  such  excellent  results,  and  it  is 
hoped  that  a  useful  future  is  in  store  for  it. 

Mettalurgical  Laboratory, 

University  of  North  Carolina. 


72 


JOURNAL    OF   THE 


A  xMETHOD  OF  FINDING  THE  EVOLUTE  OF  THE 
FOUR-CUSPED  HYPOCYCLOID.* 


R.  H.  GRAVES. 


The  following  is  a  method,  based  on  the  Theory  of  Roulettes, 
of  proving  the  well-known  result,  that  the  evolute  of  a  four- 
cusped  hypocycloid  is  also  a  four-cusped  hypocycloid : 


Let  AC=a  move  with  its  extremities  always  on  the  rectang- 
ular axes  Ox  and  Oy.  The  envelope  of  AC  is  the  four-cusped 
hypocycloid. 


*Published  also  in  the  "  Annals  of  Mathematics." 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  73 

Complete  the  rectangle  OABC;  draw  Ox'  and  Oy'  bisecting 
the  angles  between  Ox  and  Oy;  draw  EBFG  perpendicular  to 
AC;  draw  OK  and  OH  parallel  and  perpendicular  to  AC;  let 
CAO=p. 

B  is  the  instantaneous  centre,  BF  is  normal  to  the  envelope 
of  AC  and  its  envelope  is  the  required  evolute. 

ABF=p,  FBC=90°— p,  BEO=45°— p,  OGK=45°  +  p 
OK=HF=a — 2  a  siu2p=a  cos  2  p. 

EG=OG  cosec  BEO^OK  cosec  OGK  cosec  BEO 

=a  cos  2  p  cosec  (45°-|-p)  cosec  (45° — p). 

Hence,  by  reduction  P]G=2a. 

Since  EG  is  of  constant  length,  and  its  extremities  move  on 
two  rectangular  axes,  its  envelope  must  be  a  four-cusped  hypo- 
cycloid,  which  is  the  required  evolute. 

Remark. — If  M  is  the  point  where  EG  touches  its  envelope, 
BM=BK.  For,  at  the  point  (x,  y)  of  the  curve  x%-j-y%=a%, 
the  radius  of  curvature  is  3  (axy)^*  and  the  perpendicular  from 
the  origin  on  the  tangent  is  (axy)^. 

Or,  it  follows  from  the  formula  connecting  the  segments  into 
which  the  radius  of  curvature  of  the  hypocycloid  is  divided  by 
the  instantaneous  centre.  (See  Williamson's  Differential  Cal- 
culus, Art.  281). 


*MICA  MINING  IN  NORTH  CAROLINA. 


W.  B.  PHILLIPS. 


Modern  mica  mining  began  in  North  Carolina  in  1868— '69. 
Some  little  work  was  done  in  1867,  but  beyond  opening  two  or 
three  pits,  and  getting  out  several  hundred  pounds  of  fine  mica, 
uot  a  great  deal  was  accomplished.  Reference  has  already  been 
madef  to  the  fact  that  some  of  the  mines  had  been  worked   by 


This  paper  has  appeared  in  the  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal. 

f\V.  C.  Kerr,  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,  Vol.  XXXI,  No.  13,  p.  211 


74  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

the  prehistoric  inhabitants  of  the  country,  who  disposed  of  the 
mica,  in  part  at  least,  to  the  mound-builders.*  These  "old  men  " 
were  possessed  of  considerable  skill,  not  only  in  the  location  of 
good  deposits,  but  also  in  the  extraction  of  the  mica.  The  first 
is  proved  by  the  fact  that  by  following  their  "leads"  modern 
miners  have  found  the  best  mica,  and  the  second  by  the  fact  that 
sheets  of  mica  of  considerable  size  have  been  found  in  old 
mounds.  Although  some  evidences  of  the  use  of  other  than 
stone  tools  have  been  found  in  old  drifts,  the  principal  method 
used  by  these  "ancients"  was  fire-setting. 

They  did  not  penetrate  into  the  hard  rock  to  any  great  exteut, 
nor  is  it  likely  that  they  sank  shafts.  Curiously  enough,  the 
method  employed  for  opening  the  deposits  in  those  days,  viz.,  by 
open  trench,  is  that  at  present  used  in  New  Hampshire.  Shaft- 
mining,  vertical  and  underlie,  is  the  exception  in  New  Hamp- 
shire; it  is  the  rule  in  North  Carolina.  In  1867  the  Hon. 
Thomas  L.  Clingman,  of  Asheville,  N.  C,  was  induced  by  some 
New  York  mica  dealers  to  undertake  investigations  in  North 
Carolina  for  mica.  Small  sheets  were  then  selling  at  §8  per 
pound,  and  the  supply  was  uncertain.  He  began  operations  in 
Cleveland  county,  and  found  some  good  mica,  which  was  shipped 
to  New  York.  This  was  late  in  1867,  or  early  in  1868,  and 
is  the  first  instance  I  have  been  able  to  find  of  the  prosecution 
of  mica  mining,  as  a  regular  business,  since  the  days  of  the  In- 
dian mound-builders.  Some  work  was  done  at  this  time  in 
Burke  and  Rutherford  counties,  also,  but  with  no  very  satisfac- 
tory results.  He  then  transferred  his  explorations  to  Yancey 
and  Mitchell  counties,  selecting  as  the  best  spots  what  was  after- 
wards the  Ray  mine,  in  Yancey,  and  the  Silvers  or  Sink  Hole, 
and  the  Buchanan  or  Clarissa  mines  in  Mitchell. 

The  first  work  done  at  the  Silvers  mine  wTas  not,  however, 
in  searching  for  mica,  but  for  silver.  It  was  known  that  at  this 
place  were  great  pits  and  treuches,  amounting  in  all  to  some 
1,800  feet  in  length,  and  in  places  20  feet  deep,  with  large  trees 


*Foster,  Prehistoric  Races  of  America,  pp.  191  and  270. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  75 

grown  up  on  the  debris,  and  with  every  appearance  of  age.  The 
very  memory  of  these  old  miners  had  passed  away,  and  nothing 
was  left  to  them  but  their  pits  and  trenches  here,  and  pieces  of 
mica  found  in  the  Indian  mounds  in  the  Ohio  valley.  Tradi- 
tion, always  busy  with  the  unknown,  had  determined  that  these 
workings  had  been  undertaken  for  silver.  Some  specimens  of 
the  rock  from  the  Silvers  mine  were  pronounced  by  the  ubiqui- 
tous practical  miner  to  resemble  some  rich  silver  ores  from  Mexico, 
but  the  assay  proved  them  to  be  worthless.  The  first  work  done 
at  the  Silvers  mine  was  for  silver,  and  it  was  not  until  it  was 
found  that  there  was  no  silver  that  attention  was  turned  to  the 
mica. 

One  at  least  of  his  New  York  friends  had  accompanied  Cling- 
man  to  Yancey  county  to  search  for  mica,  but  did  nut  think  well 
enough  of  the  enterprise  to  continue  in  it.  Clingman,  however, 
continued  the  work  of  mica  mining  at  the  Silvers  mine,  aud  ob- 
tained several  hundred  pounds  of  fine  mica.*  Being  called 
away  by  more  pressing  business,  he  instructed  his  foreman  to 
collect  the  mica  aud  store  it  away.  This,  however,  was  not  done, 
and  several  large  blocks  were  left  on  the  ground.  A  stock- 
drover  passing  that  way  with  his  wagon  took  one  of  these  blocks 
to  Knoxville,  Teun.  It  was  seen  by  J.  G.  Heap,  of  Heap  & 
Clapp,  dealers  in  stoves  and  tin-ware,  who  at  once  recognized  its 
value.  He  and  his  partner  disposed  of  their  business  in  Knox- 
ville and  went  at  once  to  Mitchell  county,  N.  C,  and  began  mica 
mining. f  This  was  in  1869.  From  that  time  and  for  several 
years  they  conducted  a  very  profitable  business,  realizing  for 
some  of  the  mica,  as  Mr.  Heap  himself  assured  the  writer,  as 
much  as  SI  1  per  pound. 

Heap  &  Clapp  first  worked  the  Silvers  mine,  and  by  follow- 
ing the  old  leads  obtained  large  quantities  of  excellent  mica. 
They  cut  new  trenches,  ran  an  adit  in  and  sank  several  shafts. 
They  also  worked  the  Buchanan  or  Clarissa  mine,  by  shaft  and 


*Th<is.  L.  Clingman,  priv.  com.,  October  25th,  1887. 

fU.  H.  Wiley,  U.  S.  Treas.  expert,  Internal   Commerce  of  the  U.  S.,  1886, 

i».  2:;5. 


76  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

adit,  and  found  it  equally  good.  Several  other  miues  were 
opened  and  worked,  as  the  Deake  and  Flat  Rock.  As  local  ex- 
perience was  acquired  (the  sine  qua  non  in  mica  mining  as  in 
every  other  kind),  they  extended  their  operations,  so  that  up  to 
1882  of  the  400,000  pounds  obtained  Heap  cv.  Olapp  must  have 
mined  by  far  the  greater  part.  The  average  spot  value  of  cut 
mica  then  was  about  $2  per  pound,  some,  however,  selling  as 
high  as  $11.  Even  at  $2  the  total  value  of  the  mica  up  to  1882 
would  be  $800,000.  As  to  the  profits,  no  very  definite  informa- 
tion can  now  be  given.  In  1880  the  total  real  and  personal 
capital  invested  in  the  North  Carolina  mica  mines  was  $6,900, 
and  the  value  of  her  product  $61,675* — every  dollar  invested 
returned  $8.93  I  cannot  say  of  my  own  knowledge  whether 
these  figures  can  be  accepted  or  not.  If  true,  if  they  can  be 
taken  as  fairly  representing  the  capital  and  yield,  they  reveal  a 
most  remarkable  state  of  affairs.  The  waste  in  mica  alone,  as 
we  shall  hereafter  see,  is  from  85  per  cent,  to  95  percent,  in  mica 
mining.  That  any  mining  operation  utilizing  at  most  only  15 
per  cent,  of  the  stuff  brought  to  bank  should  return  $8.93  per 
$1  invested  is  simply  incredible.  It  is  statedf  that  some  of  the 
free  milling  gold  ores  of  Dakota  are  worked  at  a  profit  on  $2  a 
ton,  that  some  steam-tin  works  in  Cornwall  yield  only  two 
pounds  of  black  tin  per  ton,J  and  that  the  pay-dirt  at  the  Eureka 
claim,  near  San  Juan,  California,  gave  a  profit  on  three  cents  per 
ton.§  So  far  as  the  refuse  matter  is  concerned  these  examples 
show  there  are  places  where  it  far  exceeds  the  North  Carolina 
mica  mine  waste.  But  it  is  not  stated  that  there  was  anything 
like  such  a  profit  as  is  reported  from  the  mica  mines.  It  is  so 
great  as  to  be  incredible.  We  shall  hereafter  see  that  the  New 
Hampshire  mines  in  1880  yielded  twenty  ceuts  per  $1  invested, 
which  figure,  while  iudeed  somewhat  low,  is  perhaps  about  right. 


♦Tenth  U.  S.  Census,  Vol.  XV,  p.  843. 

f  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Mint  on  Precious  Metals,  1884,  p.  251. 
tj.  A.  Phillips,  Mining  and  Metallurgy  of  Gold  and  Silver,  p.  160. 
^Collins,  Metal  Mining,  p.  56. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  77 

There  has  always  been  a  curious  reticence  on  the  part  of  the 
North  Carolina  mica  miners  and  Healers,  and  a  corresponding 
difficulty  in  acquiring  correct  information.  While  indeed  there 
are  some  notable  exceptions  (and  to'  these  I  would  return  my 
warmest  acknowledgments  of  their  kindness)  they  serve  but  to 
make  the  background  all  the  more  obscure.  I  am  often  at  a  loss 
to  know  to  what  this  reticence  is  to  be  ascribed.  There  are  no 
more  hospitable  people  in  the  world  than  the  inhabitants  of  the 
mountains  of  Western  North  Carolina,  nor  any  upon  whose 
willingness  to  aid  one  in  any  laudable  undertaking  more  assur- 
ance could  be  placed.  And  yet  when  it  comes  to  mica  mining 
they  are  reserved  to  the  last  degree,  and  it  was  only  after  repeated 
visits  to  the  mines,  and  extended  acquaintance  among  the  miners, 
that  I  was  able  to  acquire  much  information  concerning  the 
business. 

It  is  proposed  in  this  paper  to  describe  this  business;  the 
geology  of  the  mining  districts;  the  formation  of  the  veins; 
dressing  the  mica;  the  percentage  yield  of  cut  mica  from  block 
mica,  etc.,  etc. 

The  success  that  attended  the  operations  of  Heap  &  Clapp  in 
1869  in  Mitchell  county  soon  induced  others  to  enter  the  field. 
The  profit  was  large,  the  work  comparatively  easy  and  the  mica 
abundant.  The  Indians  (I  use  the  term  for  lack  of  a  better) 
had  shown  that  good  mica  was  to  be  had  with  very  little  expense 
or  trouble.  The  whites  were  indeed  for  some  time  in  doubt  as 
to  the  purpose  of  the  old  works,  but  as  on  following  the  trenches 
and  re-excavating  the  old  diggings  they  found  only  mica,  they 
soon  came  to  understand  this  mystery.  Had  it  not  been  for  the 
prehistoric  operations  much  time  and  money  would  have  been 
expended  on  searching  for  the  true  veins.  But,  as  it  was,  the 
miners  of  1869  took  their  cue  from  the  miners  of  1500-1600, 
and  with  their  modern  appliances — rude,  indeed  it  may  be,  but 
far  superior  to  those  of  their  predecessors — they  carried  on  the 
business  vigorously.  It  was  not  long  before  Mitchell  and 
Yancey  counties  were  dotted  with  prospect  holes  of  more  or  1< 
promise.     The   Ray   mine,  Westall,  Joe  Gibbs,  Young,   Baily 


78  JOURNAL   OF   Tin: 

Mountain  and  others  in  Yancey  county,  the  Pizzle  (now  Cloud- 
land),  Deake,  Flat  Rock,  Mart  Wiseman  (famous  for  rare  min- 
erals) and  others  in  Mitchell  county  were  opened  and  worked. 
The  fcver  spread,  and  in  the  counties  of  Buncombe,  Haywood, 
Jackson  and  Macon  other  mines  were  added  to  those  already  in 
operation.  Strange  stories  were  told  of  the  curious  minerals 
found  in  some  of  the  mines.  J.  G.  Heap,  the  pioneer  of  regular 
mica  mining,  and  one  of  the  shrewdest  of  men,  told  me  that  he 
has  seen  masses  of  "  uranium  ore"  as  large  as  his  head  imbedded 
in  perfectly  white  kaolin.  Not  being  then  apprised  of  its  value 
(in  1869  some  parts  of  Mitchell  county  were  on  the  confines  of 
mineralogical  knowledge)  he  paid  no  especial  attention  to  it,  and 
it  was  thrown  on  the  dump  and  lost.  He  knew  better  before 
long,  as  did  the  others,  and  now  uraninite  and  gummite,  etc.,  are 
saved.  A  few  years  ago,  watching  the  emptying  of  the  water 
bucket  at  the  Flat  Rock  mine,  I  was  able  to  secure  some  very 
handsome  specimens  of  uraninite  and  gummite.  Several  old 
miners  standing  near  remarked  that  when  the  mine  was  first 
opened  those  minerals  were  much  more  common  and  in  much 
larger  pieces.  The  first  miners  mined  for  mica  and  paid  but 
little  attention  to  other  minerals,  and  they  very  likely  threw  on 
the  dump  many  interesting  and  valuable  minerals  as  not  being 
their  point  d'appui. 

Mitchell  county  has  been  the  scene  of  the  most  extensive  op- 
erations, the  deepest  mines  are  located  here,  and  by  far  the  greater 
amount  of  mica  sent  to  market  from  North  Carolina  has  been 
obtained  here. 

The  county  lies  between  the  Blue  Ridge  on  the  east  and  the 
Smoky  Mountains  on  the 'west,  being  a  part  of  the  great  western 
plateau  between  these  two  ranges.  Its  average  elevation  is  not 
far  from  3,500  feet,  and  it  slopes  gradually  from  east  to  west, 
the  highest  point,  Roan  Mountain,  lying  on  the  Tennessee  boun- 
dary. The  eastern  boundary,  the  Blue  Ridge,  attains  a  height 
of  5,228  feet  in  the  Sugar  Mountain,  while  Roan  Mountain  on 
the  west  rises  to  a  height  of  about  6,400  feet.  There  is  on  the 
whole,  therefore,  an  upward  slope  towards  the  west.     Some  in- 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  79 

termediate  points,  however,  are  much  lower  than  the  Blue  Ridge. 
Thus,  for  instance,  Bakersville,  the  county-seat  and  the  mining 
town  for  the  district,  is  2,550  feet,  while  the  Watauga  River,  at 
the  State  line,  is  2,131  feet.  The  most  productive  mines  in 
Mitchell  county  lie  within  ten  miles  of  Bakersville,  on  the  east, 
north-east,  south  and  south-east,  at  an  elevation  from  3,000  to 
4,000  feet. 

GEOLOGY    OF   THE    VEINS. 

The  geology  of  Mitchell  county  has  been  described  as  follows  : 
"Another  considerable  area  of  Laurentiau  rocks  is  found  beyond 
the  Blue  Ridge,*  occupying  most  of  the  mountain  plateau  be- 
tween that  and  the  Smoky  Mountains,  and  in  the  places  consti- 
tuting the  materials  of  these  chains.  The  rocks  are  foliated  for 
the  most  part  and  consist  of  indefinite  alternations  of  metamor- 
phic  strata,  gneiss,  hornblende,  feldspathic  and  micaceous  schists, 
and  occasionally  chloritic  and  talcose  slates." 

According  to  the  same  authorityf  the  roughly  shaped  hills 
that  occur  through  Mitchell  county,  scattered  irregularly,  and  in 
close  connection  with  the  greatest  dislocations  of  the  strata,  are 
to  be  referred  to  a  very  low  horizon.  He  identified  them  as 
chrysolyte  ledges  (dunite).  Though  they  occur  very  frequently 
in  close  association  with  the  mica-bearing  rocks  proper,  the  con- 
nection between  the  two  has  not  yet  been  made  out.  These 
chrysolyte  or  dunite  ledges  occupy  the  middle  portion  of  the 
plateau,  and  are  sometimes  "nearly  a  mile  long  and  several  hun- 
dred yards  wide." 

It  is  still,  I  believe,  an  unsettled  question  whether  this  plateau 
is  Laurentiau  or  Lower  Silurian,  Cambrian.  The  abseuce  of 
all  traces  of  animal  or  vegetable  remains  (unless,  indeed,  graph- 
ite be  considered  vegetable  remains),  the  well-nigh  exclusive 
occurrence  of  the  older  crystalline  rocks,  such  as  horublendic 
and  actinolytic  rocks,  schists,  syenites,  and  more  or  less  porphyr- 


*W.  C.  Kerr,  Geol.  of  X.  C,  Vol.  I  (1875),  p.  128. 
fldem,  p.  129. 

4 


80  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

oidal  granites,  and  the  extreme  dislocation  of  all  the  members 
of  the  series,  would  seem  to  indicate  an  age  beyond  the  Silurian. 
It  would  require  patient  and  long  continued  observation,  based 
chiefly  on  strati  graphical  and  petographical  relations,  to  settle 
this  obscure  problem.  It  is  known,  however,  that  the  mica- 
bearing  rocks  of  the  plateau  between  the  Blue  Ridge  and  the 
Smoky  Mountains  do  not  cross  the  Smoky  Mountains,  except 
sporadically,  and  then  only  for  a  short  distance.  On  the  western 
side  of  the  Smoky  Mountains,  in  Tennessee,  we  meet  with  the 
Silurian,  but  as  it  does  not  here  carry  mica,  though  ouly  a  few 
miles  from  the  North  Carolina  mica  zone,  the  assumption  that 
the  "mica  zone"  occurs  in  rocks  older  than  the  Silurian  is  some- 
what strengthened,  be  that  age  Huron ian  or  Laurentian. 

Assuming,  therefore,  for  the  present  that  the  mica  occurs  in 
the  very  oldest  rocks,  we  may  inquire  as  to  its  immediate  con- 
geners. 

A  mica  vein  is  only  a  vein  of  very  coarse  granite,  in  which 
the  feldspar,  quartz  and  mica  have  crystallized  on  a  large  scale. 
It  differs  from  ordinary  granite  chiefly  in  this  respect,  that  while 
in  granite  the  crystallizing  forces  have,  in  a  measure,  interfered 
with  each  other  in  a  mica  vein,  each  has  had,  so  to  speak,  free 
play.  The  difference  between  the  two  can  best  be  conceived  by 
imagining  the  ingredients  of  granite  magnified  several  hundred, 
iudeed,  several  thousand,  times.  The  crystals  of  mica  in  granite 
seldom  attain  a  greater  size  than  one-sixteenth  or  one-fourth  inch 
across;  a  single  mica  "block"  from  Mitchell  county  made  two 
two-horse  wagon  loads  and  could  not  have  weighed  less  than 
2,000  pounds!  A  single  block  of  "A"  mica  from  the  Mart 
Wiseman  mine  in  Mitchell  county  was  (>  feet  long  and  3  feet 
wide.  The  crystals  of  feldspar  in  granite  are  seldom  larger  than 
one-sixteenth  or  one-fourth  inch  across.  A  single  feldspar  crys- 
tal from  the  Balsam  Gap  mica  mine,  Buncombe  county,  weighs 
800  pounds,  and  is  now  in  the  State  Museum  at  Raleigh.  A 
piece  of  a  feldspar  crystal,  now  in  the  possession  of  the  writer, 
obtained  from  the  Deake  mica  mine,  Mitchell  county,  weighs  30 
pounds.      It  originally   weighed   500  pounds,  but  was  uufortu- 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  81 

nately  broken  by  careless  handling  in  the  mine.  Although  no 
large  quartz  crystals  have  been  obtained  from  these  mines,  large 
masses  of  crystallized  quartz  (generally  the  darker  colored  sorts) 
are  constantly  met  with.  The  accompanying  small  red  garnets 
are  generally  sprinkled  through  the  quartz,  and  not  through  the 
mica  or  feldspar. 

FORMATION*    OF    THE    MICA    VEIN-. 

The  free  play  which  the  crystallizing  forces  enjoyed  between 
the  enclosing  walls  of  the  vein  is  one  of  the  remarkable  phe- 
nomena to  be  observed  in  these  mica  mines.  Now  here  else  can 
this  be  seen  on  such  a  scale.  The  development  of  a  single  min- 
eral in  a  vein  is  not  uncommon,  but  the  wholesale  crystallization 
of  all  the  chief  constituents  of  a  vein  is  very  infrequent.  It  is 
worthy  of  notice  here  that  in  a  mica  vein  these  constituents  are 
highly  siliceous.  Taking  the  percentage  of  silica  in  the  quartz 
as  the  standard,  we  have  the  percentages  of  silica  as  follows  : 

Per  cent. 

Quartz 100 

Feldspar  (orthoclase) 64.72 

Mica  imuscovite) 45.75  to  51.80 

Garnet 35.00  to  52.11 

Garnet  is  here  included  because,  although  it  does  not  occur  in 
large  crystals,  it  is  nearly  always  present,  and  in  considerable 
quantities,  sprinkled  in  the  quartz.  This,  so  to  speak,  excessive 
extension  of  the  crystals  would  seem  to  imply  that  they  met  with 
but  little  resistance,  or  that  the  resistance  was  easily  overcome. 
W.  C.  Kerr  was  of  the  opinion*  that  many  of  the  irregularities 
of  these  veins,  in  form,  size  and  position,  were  due  to  the  efforts 
of  the  vein  matter  to  intrude  itself.  These  irregularities,  how- 
ever, seem  to  me  to  be  chiefly  due  not  to  this  cause  but  to  the 
original  Assuring  forces.  It  may  indeed  be  true  that  in  the  at- 
tempt to  crystallize  the  vein  matter  caused  some  irregularities  in 
the  shape  and  size  of  the  fissure,  but  this  is  a  force  different  in 


'Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,  Vol.  XXXII,  No.  13,  p.  211. 


82  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

kind  and  degree  from  the  intrusive  force  referred  to.  In  the 
work  of  intrusion  the  temperature  of  the  intruding  mass  would 
have  been  lowered.  As  this  process  went  on,  and  more  and 
more  work  was  accomplished,  the  temperature  would  tend  more 
and  more  towards  the  point  at  which  the  crystallization  would 
set  in,  unless  a  new  source  of  heat  was  at  hand  and  available. 
The  amount  of  heat  given  out  by  the  solidifying  vein  matter 
would  of  course  be  the  same  as  was  absorbed  by  it  in  first  assum- 
ing the  liquid  state.  Whether  the  amount  of  heat  equivalent  to 
the  effect  of  intrusion-  would  be  less  than  equal  to  or  greater  than 
the  amount  thus  set  free  is  a  question  upon  which  I  do  not  now 
propose  to  enter.  The  subterranean  forces  causing  the  ascension 
of  the  vein  matter  in  a  liquid  or  semi-liquid  condition  could  have 
forced  it  into  the  various  ramifications  of  the  fissure  and  have 
thus  left  it  to  follow  its  own  crystallizing  tendencies.  That  there 
was  little  or  no  hindrance  to  it  in  passing  to  the  solid  state  is 
shown  by  the  size  of  the  resulting  crystals.  The  great  and  ex- 
tended irregularities  iu  these  veins  I  would  therefore  attribute 
primarily  to  the  original  Assuring  forces,  the  small  and  more 
local  ones  to  local  causes,  among  which  may  be  included  local 
intrusion  and  local  crystallization. 

At  whatever  point  within  the  fissure  we  consider  the  vein 
matter,  whether  before  or  after  crystallization,  it  will  appear  as 
completely  filling  it.  A  "horse"  within  a  mica  vein  is  seldom 
met  with.  There  is  one  at  the  Sink  Hole  mine.  Here  the  in- 
closing rock  is  mica  schist,  and  the  following  succession  of  sub- 
stances has  been  observed  from  wall  to  wall:*  1st,  mica;  2d,  a 
"horse'7  of  mica  schist;  3d,  smoky  quartz;  4th,  mica;  5th, 
smoky  quartz;  6th,  a  "horse"  of  mica  schist;  7th,  mica. 

The  deposit  of  mica  between  the  "horse"  and  the  wall  is  nar- 
row, but  yields  good  mica.  The  greater  part  of  the  mica  in  the 
vein  crystallized  first,  and  probably  in  this  process  tore  off  a  piece 
of  the  wall,  the  space  left  by  it  being  subsequently  filled  with 
mica.  The  pieces  torn  off  are  somewhat  more  decomposed  than 
the  original  walling. 


*W.  C.  Kerr,  ut  supra. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  83 

The  direction  taken  by  the  mica  crystals  is  not  without  in- 
terest. As  a  rule  the  plane  of  crystallization,  parallel  to  lamina? 
of  the  mica,  is  more  or  less  inclined  to  the  line  of  strike,  being 
frequently  perpendicular  to  it,  so  that  the  mica  ou  being  uncov- 
ered resembles  a  pile  of  thick  planks  laid  flat  on  the  sole  of  the 
level.  I  do  not  recall  an  instance  of  a  contrary  arrangement,  i.  e., 
of  a  parallelism  between  the  plane  of  lamination  and  the  line  of 
strike.     The  tendency  is  strongly  the  other  way. 

An  interesting  question  here  is  whether  the  mica,  feldspar, 
quartz,  garnet,  etc.,  existed  as  such  within  the  vein,  and  had  only 
to  segregate  themselves  by  crystallization,  or  whether  they  are  to 
be  regarded  as  forming  within  the  liquid  mass  highly  complex 
silicates,  which  crystallized  according  to  the  chemical  affinity  of 
their  constituents  under  the  existing  circumstances.  According 
to  the  first  view,  the  mica  probably  existed  as  H4K2  (Al2)  Si6024, 

the  feldspar  as  K2  (Al2)  Si6016,  the  garnet  as  R3  (R2)  Si3012,  where 
R  =  Ca,  or  Fe,  or  Mg,  and  (R2)  =  (Fe2)  or(Al2),  and  the  quartz 
as  SiO2.  They  existed  as  such,  and  had  only  to  crystallize  to 
become  visible. 

According  to  the  second  view,  the  potash,  alumina,  lime,  mag- 
nesia, iron  and  silica  were  all  in  a  state  of  aqueo-igneous  fusion 
together;  some  of  the  potash  and  alumina  lay  hold  of  the  requi- 
site amount  of  silica  and  became  mica ;  another  portion  of  the 
potash  and  alumina  and  silica  formed  feldspar,  etc.;  the  portion 
of  silica  not  needed  for  these  compounds  finally  crystallized  as 
quartz.  In  neither  case  could  crystallization  occur  until  the 
critical  point  (congelation  point)  for  each  substance  was  reached. 

The  various  chemical  elements  in  the  vein  matter  would  at  the 
moment  of  crystallization  have  affinities  influenced  by  the  tem- 
perature, pressure,  etc.,  and  these  affinities  might  or  might  not 
be  the  same  as  at  ordinary  temperature  and  pressure.  That  a 
high  heat  does  influence  chemical  combination  is  a  fact  too  well 
known  to  be  more  than  re-stated.  Thus  it  is  well  known  that  at 
a  glowing  heat  oxygen  has  a  greater  affinity  for  carbon  than  for 
either  hydrogen  or  iron,  strongly  as  it  tends  to  combine  with 
these  two  elements.     The  chemical   affinities  existing  between  a 


84  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

number  of  elements  under  the  circumstances  of  heat  and  pressure 
in  a  liquid  mass  from  which  mica,  feldspar  and  quartz  were  after- 
wards to  crystallize  might  well  be  different  from  what  would 
obtain  if  the  limiting  circumstances  were  withdrawn.  Potash, 
alumina  and  silica  do  not  combine  at  ordinary  temperatures,  nor 
do  lime,  iron  and  silica. 

Whatever  the  affinities  between  these  substances  might  have 
been  before  crystallization,  when  this  process  was  once  established 
it  w7ent  on  to  form  perfectly  definite  compounds.  Which  one 
crystallized  first  is  not  so  quickly  said.  From  evidence  now  in 
my  possession  I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  the  mica  crystallized 
first.  I  was  led  to  this  conclusion,  not  by  theoretical  considera- 
tions, but  by  having  found  in  a  mica  vein  a  piece  of  quartz  hav- 
ing on  it  evident  impression  of  the  edges  of  a  block  of  mica, 
forming  a  sort  of  pyramid  with  microscopic  steps;  iuclosures  of 
quartz  between  the  lamina?  of  mica,  the  quartz  being  almost  as 
thin  as  the  mica;  iuclosures  of  feldspar  in  mica  also  very  thiu, 
and  lying  pressed  between  the  mica  sheets. 

These  three  circumstances  taken  in  conjunction  would  seem  to 
indicate  a  crystallization  of  the  mica  prior  to  that  of  the  quartz 
or  feldspar.  A  synchronous  crystallization  would  have  given  a 
mass  more  nearly  resembling  granite,  in  which  each  substance 
has  interfered  with  the  other.  So  far  then  as  the  moment  of 
crystallization  is  concerned,  a  mica  vein  differs  from  granite  in 
having  suffered  a  succession  of  crystallizations  instead  of  syn- 
chronous crystallization.  Had  the  mica,  feldspar  and  quartz  all 
crystallized  at  the  same  time,  there  is  no  reason  why  there  should 
not  have  been  granite  in  the  fissures  instead  of  a  mica  vein. 

It  will  appear  from  the  preceding  discussion  that  a  mica  vein 
is  only  a  vein  of  very  coarse  granite  in  which  the  forces  of  crys- 
tallization have  had  comparatively  free  play.  The  resulting 
crystals  are  of  great  size,  and  have  interfered  but  little  in  each 
other's  development.  So  far  as  the  texture  of  the  vein  is  con- 
cerned it  is  as  different  from  that  of  ordinary  granite  as  a  collec- 
tion of  single  crystals  of  large  size  is  from  an  agglomeration  of 
crystals  of  small  size.     The  almost  exclusive  occurrence  of  well 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  85 

crystallized  quartz  would  seem  to  indicate  a  solidification  from  a 
fluid  or  semi-fluid  mass  of  aqueo-igneous  origin,  rather  than 
from  a  fused  mass  of  purely  igneous  origin. 

For  the  production  of  such  large  crystals  the  mass  must  have 
solidified  very  slowly,  and  have  met  with  but  little  resistance. 
The  view  that  the  dislocation  of  the  inclosing  strata  was  in  part 
due  to  the  intrusion  of  the  vein  can  be  accepted  only  with  cau- 
tion. What  are  the  inclosing  rocks,  and  how  are  they  related 
to  the  mica  veins? 

The  inclosing  walls  are  for  the  most  part  dark  gray  mica 
schists,  more  or  less  horublendic,  somewhat  decomposed  towards 
the  surface  but  becoming  harder  further  down.  At  some  mines, 
for  instance,  the  Presnel  in  Yancey  county,  and  the  Pt.  Pizzle 
(Cloudlaud)  in  Mitchell  county,  the  inclosing  rock  has  more  of 
the  appearance  of  a  schistose  gneiss.  But  even  where  it  is  most 
gneissic  it  is  still  highly  micaceous  and  hornblendic.  An  inter- 
esting occurrence  is  at  the  Balsam  Gap  mine,  in  Buncombe 
county,  on  the  Black  Mountain,  at  an  elevation  of  3,500  feet.* 
Here  the  walling  on  both  sides  is  a  slaty  gneiss,  which  offered 
such  resistance  to  the  Assuring  force  that  the  fissure  stopped  short 
of  the  surface,  and  there  lies  above  the  mica  a  capping  of  gneiss. 
It  may  be,  of  course,  that  the  erosion  there  was  not  sufficient  to 
remove  the  capping,  while  at  other  mines  now  showing  outcrops 
of  mica  veins  the  rock  did  not  oppose  such  resistance.  Because 
a  mica  vein  outcrops  now  we  may  not  be  warranted  in  assuming 
that  it  always  outcropped.  In  cases  where  the  original  outcrop 
has  been  covered  over  by  newer  formations  the  explanation  is 
simple;  but  where  the  vein  never  reaches  the  surface  at  all,  as 
probably  at  this  mine,  it  is  not  so  simple.  Gaetzschmanf  would 
seek  to  explain  such  an  occurrence  by  supposing  a  considerable 
lapse  of  time  between  the  opening  and  the  Ailing  of  the  fissure, 


*Fiijnred  and  described  by  \V.  C.  Kerr,  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal, 
Vol.  XXI,  No.  13,  |>.  212  and  Trans.  Atner.  Inst.  Min.  Engs.,  L880. 

fAuf-und  Udtersuchung  Nntzb.  Mineralien,  Leipzig,  1865,  p.  92,  where 
many  similar  occurrences  are  noted.  Compare  also  Von  Cotta,  Erzlagerstatten, 
1  Th.,  18o9,  p.  118.     Grimm,  Lagerst.  der  Nutzb.  Miner,  1869,  p.  100. 


86  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

especially  if  fragments  of  the  walling  were  included  in  the  vein. 
That  such  fragments  are  thus  included  in  mica  veins  will  appear 
from  the  discussion  in  Article  II  of  this  series. 

The  inclosing  rocks,  whether  micaceous  schists,  slaty  gneisses 
or  gneissoid  micaceous  schists,  have  a  general  strike  toward  the 
north-east,  and  a  general  dip  toward  the  south-east,  at  angles  vary- 
ing from  40  to  90  degrees.  The  mica  veins  share  these  charac- 
teristics more  or  less  completely,  and  are  hence  bedded  veins. 

So  far  as  known  the  walling  is  the  same  on  both  sides  of  the 
vein.  Contact  deposits  do  not  occur  in  this  region  as  they  do  at 
the  junction  of  sandstones  and  schists  near  Mts.  Lincoln  and 
Bross,  in  Colorado.*  When  the  Silvers  or  Sink  Hole  mine  was 
first  opened  in  1868-'69,  the  upper  part  of  the  vein  was  a  decom- 
posed feldspar;  at  20  feet  depth  this  passed  into  granite,  and  at 
60  feet  the  vein  narrowed  so  that  work  was  suspended  for  a 
while. f  The  vein  was  afterwards  found  to  widen  again,  while 
still  in  granite. 

Good  crystals  of  mica,  sometimes  of  several  inches  in  dimen- 
sion, have  been  observed  in  Prozoic  granites  of  the  Sweetwater 
Districts,  Idaho,!  as  also  iu  the  granite  of  the  Black  Hills.§ 

At  this  latter  locality  they  form  about  5  per  cent,  of  the  granite, 
this  proportion,  as  will  hereafter  appear,  being  somewhat  below 
the  average  yield  of  "cut"  mica  from  North  Carolina  "block' 
mica.  It  is  interesting  to  note,  also,  that  the  crystals  of  mica  in 
the  granite  occur  in  bunches  or  segregations,  a  phenomenon 
likewise  characteristic  of  some  Mitchell  countv  mines. 

The  inclosing  rocks  in  North  Carolina  have  suffered  many  and 
great  dislocations;  they  are  bent,  curved  and  twisted  in  a  variety 
of  ways  without,  however,  giving  rise  to  faults  in  the  vein.  The 
irregularities  of  the  veins,  therefore  are  those  of  form,  size, 
strike  and  dip,  rather  than  of  position.  It  must  not  be  forgot- 
ten that  the  rocks  of  this  district  have  suffered  enormous  erosion 


*U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geogr.  Survey  of  Colorado,  1873,  p.  269. 
f D.  A.  Bowman,  Mitchell  county,  priv.  com.,  Nov.  5,  1887. 
JU.  S.  Geol.  and  Survey  of  Idaho  and  Wyoming,  1877,  p.  158. 
§U.  S.  Geol.  Survey,  Black  Hills,  1880,  p.  70. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  87 

and  denudation.  They  are  among  the  very  oldest  roeks  of  this 
continent,  and  probably  have  not  been  .submerged  since  the  Cam- 
brian period.  We  have  in  them  the  unmoved  remains  of  the 
old  crystalline  rocks,  and  what  is  now  exposed  to  our  view  was 
formerly  overlaid  by  rocks  of  the  sanieage.  When  this  plateau 
was  elevated,  with  its  border  of  high  mountains  on  every  side, 
the  fissures  now  filled  with  the  mica  veins  were  opened.  The 
fissures  mot  naturally  followed  the  line  of  least  resistance. 
Where  this  coincided  with  the  line  of  bedding,  a  true  bedded 
vein  resulted.  Where,  on  the  contrary,  ;t  ran  somewhat  trans- 
verse to  this  line  after  having  followed  it  for  some  distance,  the 
vein  assumed  more  of  the  character  of  a  lode.  This  seems  to 
me  the  true  explanation  of  an  occurrence  sometimes  met  with, 
as  at  the  Pizzle  mine,  where  the  vein,  after  coinciding  in  strike 
and  dip  with  the  inclosing  schists,  suddenly  breaks  across  the 
stratification  and  changes  its  dip. 

The  mica  veins  in  North  Carolina  are  true  fissure  veins,  dif- 
fering in  this  respect  from  the  mica  veins  of  New  Hampshire, 
which,  according  to  X.  S.  Shaler,*  "appear  to  be  obscure  beds 
closely  following  the  general  run  of  the  apparent  bedding  that 
characterizes  the  granites  in  this  part  of  the  country." 

Hitchcockf  ranks  the  Grafton  mica  veins  in  the  gneissic  series, 
and  savs  that  valuable  deposits  are  found  only  within  the  fibro- 
lite  area  (mica  schist  \Vith  fibrolite,  one  of  the  supposed  divisions 
of  the  Montalban  Group).  This  fibrolite  area  lies  in  between 
the  two  great  areas  of  porphyritie  gneiss,  very  well  developed 
between  Rumney  and  Hebron. 

Of  the  influence  of  the  walling  on  the  quantity  and  quality 
of  the  mica  but  little  is  known.  My  own  investigations  on  this 
subject  have  not  yet  led  to  any  definite  conclusions.  Some  of 
the  more  experienced  miners  in  Mitchell  county  say  that  both 
the  quantity  and  the  quality  of  the  mica  depend  upon  the  char- 
acter of  the  walling  and  of  the  vein,  but  the  lack  of  careful  and 


*Tenlh  U.  S.  Census,  Vol.  XV,  p.  833. 

fGeol.  of  New  Hampshire,  Vol!  I,  1874,  p.  26,  and  Vol.  Ill,  part  V,  p.  '.hi. 


88  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

long-continued  observations,  conducted  in  a  methodical  and 
scientific  manner,  preclude  t he  formation  of  definite  and  reliable 
opinions.  There  are  so  many  accessory  circumstances  that  in- 
fluence the  quality  of  the  mica — such,  for  instance,  as  the  width 
of  the  vein,  the  presence  of  flat  and  curved  mica,  of  crystallized 
feldspar,  etc.,  that  the  time  has  not  yet  come  for  expressing  an 
opinion.  These  circumstances  may  depend  more  or  less  upon 
the  character  of  the  walling;  but  if  so,  it  is  not  known  just  what 
the  connection  is.  The  same  mav  be  said  as  to  the  influence  of 
width,  depth,  dip,  strike,  and  accompanying  minerals. 

Below  the  zone  of  atmospheric  influences,  rarely  extending 
below  20  feet,  and  sometimes  not  below  10  feet,  the  vein  becomes 
more  solid,  and  the  quality  of  the  mica  improves.  The  width 
of  the  veins  varies  widely,  from  3  to  40  feet,  sometimes  in  the 
same  mine  varying  from  3  feet  to  20  feet,  as  at  the  Presnel  mine, 
Yancey  county.  Nippiug  of  the  vein  is  a  common  occurrence, 
occasionally  to  almost  entire  obliteration.  It  has  frequently  hap- 
pened that  one  set  of  miners  have  quit  work  on  account  of  a 
"nip,"  and  another  set  at  a  subsequent  date  have  prosecuted 
the  "driving,"  and  found  good  mica  within  a  few  feet.  The 
"stringers"  that  make  off'  from  the  main  vein  penetrate  into  the 
wall-rock  at  various  angles,  and  though  narrow  sometimes  yield 
fine  mica. 

The  occurrence  of  well  crvstallized   feldspar  is  held   to  be  a 

f  A- 

sure  indication  of  fine  mica,  though  flesh-colored  feldspar  is  re- 
garded as  exerting  an  injurious  influence,  as  also  the  preponder- 
ance of  quartz,  and  the  presence  of  uranium  minerals.  These 
assertions  must,  however,  be  accepted  with  caution. 

ASSOCIATED    MINERALS. 

The  minerals  found  in  mica  veins  are  both  numerous  and  in- 
teresting. Some  time  before  his  ileath  in  1885  the  lamented  W. 
C.  Kerr,  for  twenty  years  State  Geologist  of  North  Carolina, 
prepared  a  list  of  the  minerals  found  in  mica  veins,  and  this  has 
been  corrected  by  F.  A.  Genth  and  one  or  two  added  by  W.  E. 
Hidden. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  89 

The  list  is  as  follows,  according  to  Kerr: 

Albite,  Biotile,  Linmnite,  Thulite, 

Allanite,  Columbite,  Magnetite,  Torbernite, 

Amazon  stone.  Euxenite,  Menaccanite,  Tourmaline, 

Apatite,  Glassy  feldspar,  Muscovite,  Traninite, 

Arethnnite,  Garnet,  Phosphuranylite,       Uranocher, 

Autunite,  Gummite,  Rogersite,  CJranotil, 

Beryl.  Hatch  ettolite,  Samarskite,  Yttrogummite. 

F.  A.  Genth*  cornets  this  list,  and  his  criticisms  are  as  follow- : 

"Amazon  stone,  perhaps,  doubtful. 

"Autunite  (torbernite?),  all  autunite. 

"Biotite,  probably,  but  I  have  uot  seen  it  from  mica  veins,  as 
far  as  I  remember. 

"Euxenite,  does  uot  contain  Ti()2,  and  hence  is  not  true 
euxenite. 

"Glassy  feldspar  (sanidin),  very  doubtful. 

"  Pyrochlore,  in  very  minute  octahedra  at  the  Ray  mine,  with 
black  tourmaline. 

"Yttroauinmita — 1  do  uot  know  of  any  analysis  having  been 
made;   very  doubtful. 

"Fluorite,  in  pseudomorphous  granular  patches  after  apatite. 

"Apatite,  seems  to  be  fluorapatite. 

"  Orthoclase,  often  completely  altered  to  kaolinite. 

"Quartz,  of  course." 

Neither  Dr.  Genth  nor  myself  are  able  to  identify  Kerr's 
arethnnite;  it  is  most  likely  a  lapsus  pennce.  To  this  list  Hid- 
den has  added  fergusonite,  which  now  sells  for  $5  a  pound, 
monazite  and  a?schynite(?).  Large  masses  of  samarskite  are 
found  in  some  of  the  mines,  a  piece  weighing  1)4  pounds  being 
taken  from  the  Mart  Wiseman  mine,  in  Mitchell  county. v  This 
formerly  sold,  I  believe,  for  $1.50  per  pound,  but  is  now  offered 
at  75  cents  per  pound.  The  largest  piece  ever  found  have  been 
obtained  from  Mitchell  county. 


*Priv.  com..  October  3d,  18S7. 

fl).  A.  Bowman,  priv.  corn.,  November  otli,  1887 


90  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

A  rather  curious  bit  of  history  and  of  etymology  is  associated 
with  the  feldspar  altered  to  kaolinite.  W.  C.  Kerr,  in  the  paper 
previously  referred  to,  says  that  the  Indian  name  for  the  Smoky 
Mountains,  Unaka  mountains,  is  derived  from  the  Indian  word 
for  white,  tnakeh,  and  that  they  applied  this  name  to  them  be- 
cause they  were  accustomed  to  obtain  white  kaolin  there,  and  to 
"  packr'  it  to  the  coast  for  exportation  150  years  ago.  He  does 
not  give  his  authority  for  this  statement,  and  I  have  not  been 
able  to  find  it.  He  may  have  ascertained  it  himself,  but  if  so, 
he  makes  no  mention  of  it. 

The  farmers  near  the  mines  are  accustomed  to  apply  the  disin- 
tegrated feldspar  to  their  crops,  and  it  has  given  good  results, 
containing  as  it  does  from  10  to  15  per  cent,  potash.  Some 
attempts  have  been  made  to  utilize  the  feldspar  as  a  source  of 
potash,  but  the  experiment  has  not  been  successful  on  a  commer- 
cial scale.  With  kainit  of  13  per  cent,  potash,  selling  at  $11 
per  ton,  it  is  doubtful  whether  the  potash  can  be  economically 
extracted  from  feldspar.  I  am  informed  that  interest  in  the 
problem  has  somewhat  revived  of  iate.  The  material  can  be 
had  in  any  quantities  at  an  almost  nominal  cost,  as  it  is  obtained 
in  great  abundance,  and  constitutes  at  least  one-third  of  the 
dumps. 

From  the  list  of  minerals  found  in  mica  veins  it  will  be  seen 
that  many  of  them  are  rare,  and  some  quite  so.  Whatever 
agencies  were  at  work  during  the  formation  of  these  veins  they 
seem  to  have  conditioned  the  occurrence  of  some  of  the  rarer 
minerals  in  considerable  quantities.  It  is  not  without  interest 
that  fluorine  was  present  at  the  time,  occurring  as  it  does  in  fluo- 
rite  and  fluorapatites.  The  well-known  decomposing  power  of 
this  element,  when  present  as  hydrofluoric  acid,  or  combined 
with  lime,  may  have  a  bearing  upon  the  constitution  of  the  mica 
vein  itself  and  of  the  minerals  found  in  it.  I  have  examined 
numerous  specimens  of  apatite  from  Mitchell  county,  and  so  far 
have  not  observed  any  chlorapatite.  Dr.  Genth's  experience, 
stretching  over  a  much  longer  time  than  my  own,  and  based  on 
many  more  examinations,  would  seem  to  be  in  the  same  direc- 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  91 

tion.  The  apatite  is  generally  of  the  greenish  variety,  is  well 
crystallized,  and  is  usually  imbedded  in  the  feldspar.  It  does 
not  occur  in  sufficient  quantity  to  be  of  much  value,  although 
the  fine  crystals  can  of  course  be  sold  to  mineral  dealers,  and 
occasionally  an  extra  fine  crystal  may  be  used  as  a  gem  stone. 
Some  large,  and  a  few  really  handsome,  beryls  have  been  found, 
notably  at  the  Ray  mine,  in  Yancey  county.  An  hexagonal 
crystal,  now  in  the  possession  of  the  writer,  but  unfortunately 
broken,  is  8J  inches  long,  and  was  originally  3 -J  inches  in  diam- 
eter.    It  is,  however,  quite  opaque. 

At  the  Giassy  Creek  mine,  Mitchell  county,  crystals  2  feet 
long  and  7  inches  in  diameter  have  been  found. f 

The  recent  discovery  of  germanium  in  euxenite*  lends  some 
interest  to  the  reported  discovery  of  this  mineral  in  mica  veins. 
Dr.  Genth,  however,  says  that  the  mineral  reported  as  euxenite 
does  not  contain  Ti02,  and  is  hence  not  a  true  euxenite,  and  as 
germanium,  besides  occurring  in  argyrodite,  is  supposed  to  ac- 
company titanium,  it  is  hardly  likely  to  be  present  in  the  so- 
called  euxenite.  Allanite  is  found  in  slender,  black  crystals, 
6-12  inches  long,  at  the  Balsam  Gap  mine.  Buncombe  county, 
and  at  the  Clarissa  (Buchanan)  mine,  Mitchell  county. 

Albite  occurs  at  the  Preslv  mine,  Haywood  county,  as  an 
alteration  product  of  the  decomposition  of  the  corundum. t  Co- 
lumbite  occurs  imbedded  in  samarskite  at  the  Wiseman  mine, 
Mitchell  county,  and  rogersite  at  the  same  mine  "in  white  ma- 
millary crusts  and  little  pearly  beads  upon  samarskite." 

Monazite  occurs  in  feldspar  at  the  Ray  mine,  autunite  and 
phosphuranylite  on  quartz  and  feldspar  at  the  Flat  Rook  and 
Clarissa  mines,  Mitchell  county. 

A  piece  of  gummite  weighing  6  pounds  6  ounces,  but  partly 
altered  to  uraninite,  has  been  found  in  Mitchell  county  accordiug 
to  W.  E.  Hidden. 


^Minerals  and  mineral  localities  of  North  Carolina.  1881.  F.  A.  Genth 
and  W.  C.  Kerr. 

fSee  abstract  of  ( ierhard  K  Hiss's  {taper  before  Munich  (hem  8oc,  Dec.  16, 
1887,  in  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,  Vol.  XLV,  No.  7,  p.  125. 


92  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

DRESSING    THE    ROUGH    MICA. 

The  rough  mica  is  hoisted  from  the  mine  in  blocks  of  consid- 
erable size,  weighing  from  50  to  250  pounds,  tabular  in  shape, 
and  more  or  less  contaminated  with  fragments  of  feldspar,  quartz, 
waste  mica,  etc.  It  is  the  purpose  of  the  dressing  to  free  the 
blocks  from  all  materials  not  made  use  of  in  preparing  cut  mica. 
This  is  all  done  by  hand,  and  consists  in  cleaving  a  block  with 
thin  steel  wedges  aloug  the  planes  of  lamination,  separating  it 
into  a  number  of  tabular  pieces  about  J  inch  thick,  and  as  large 
as  the  stock  will  allow.  These  pieces  are  then  further  cleaved 
until  the  proper  thickness  for  cut  mica  is  attained,  this  being, 
according  to  the  use  it  is  to  be  put  to,  from  J  to  y1^  inch,  or  even 
thinner.  The  workman  doing  this  also  frees  the  sheets  from  ad- 
hering quartz,  fragments  of  mica,  etc.,  and  passes  them  to  the 
"seriber." 

Scribing  is  an  operation  demanding  a  considerable  degree  of 
skill  and  experience.  Upon  it  depends  the  yield  of  cut  from 
block  mica.  It  is  performed  by  laying  upon  the  sheet  the  pat- 
tern by  which  it  is  to  be  cut,  and  marking  or  scribing  around  ir 
with  a  knife  or  similar  instrument.  The  patterns  are  pieces  of 
tin,  sheet-iron,  etc.,  with  the  shape  and  size  determined  by  the 
order  from  the  mica  brokers  or  dealers  in  the  lar«;e  cities,  or  bv 
the  stove  maker  himself.  In  Mitchell  county  alone  there  are 
about  100  different  patterns,  and  their  shape  and  size  is  constantly 
varying  according  to  the  fashion  of  the  stove  windows.  The 
size  of  cut  mica  was  formerly  of  much  greater  consequence  than 
at  present.  Several  years  ago  there  was  a  regular  and  systematic 
increase  in  value  with  the  increase  in  size,  the  quality  of  course 
remaining  the  same.  This  is  true  to  some  extent  now,  though 
there  appears  to  be  a  decided  tendency  towards  smaller  patterns. 
The  first  noticeable  change  in  this  respect  was  perhaps  in  1 883— '84, 
when  the  stove  manufacturers  were  compelled  by  the  scarcity  of 
large  mica  to  use  smaller  sheets.  They  found  the  change  so  ad- 
vantageous to  their  pockets  that  they  persevered  in  it,  and  thus 
influenced  the  mica  trade  no  little. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  93 

I  would  not  be  understood  as  saving  that  small  mica  is  as 
valuable  as  large  mica,  but  that  large  sheets  are  not  as  valuable 
as  they  were  ten  years  ago.  There  is  a  limit  beyond  which  it  is 
not  safe  to  go,  and  I  should  be  inclined  to  put  it  at  3  X  6  inches. 
The  patterns  range  in  size  from  1  X  1  inch  up  to  8  X  10,  or  as 
large  as  the  stock  will  permit,  increasing  one- fourth  inch  each 
time.  As  the  value  of  the  mica  increases  at  the  same  time  it 
becomes  necessary  to  cut  from  a  given  rough  sheet  the  largest 
number  of  patterns  of  the  highest  market  value.  The  price  of 
mica  depends  not  only  upon  the  size  but  also  upon  its  freedom 
from  specks,  stains,  cloudiness  and  striations,  these  conditioning 
its  quality.  Of  late,  too,  a  certain  amber  or  rum  colored  mica 
has  become  fashionable,  and  fancy  prices  are  sometimes  paid  for 
a  good  lot  of  extra  "rum'  mica.  The  regular  colorless  or 
"white"  mica,  however,  commands  the  bulk  of  the  trade.  Cer- 
tain mines,  as,  for  instance,  the  Clarissa,  are  famous  for  urnm,: 
mica. 

As,  after  the  scribing,  the  sheets  are  cut  with  heavy  shears 
along  the  lines  marked  down  it  will  at  once  appear  that  much 
skill  and  experience  are  required  of  a  good  scriber.  He  must 
be  constantly  on  the  alert  to  furnish  from  every  piece  the  largest 
number  of  valuable  cut  sheets.  With  the  diversity  in  patterns 
and  prices,  and  the  variation  in  the  mica  itself,  this  becomes  no 
easy  task.  A  good  scriber  a' ways  commands  good  wages,  for 
upon  his  skill  depends  the  yield  of  cut  from  block  mica.  No 
matter  how  much  block  mica  is  brought  to  bank,  nor  how  good 
the  quality  of  it,  if  the  sheet  be  not  properly  scribed  the  yield  of 
cut  mica  diminishes,  and  with  it  the  profit.  A  really  skillful 
scriber  will  get  from  a  given  block  twice  as  much  cut  mica  as  a 
beginner.  He  sees  at  a  glance  just  what  patterns  a  certain  sheet 
should  yield,  he  instantly  detects  flaws,  stains,  etc.,  and  with  a 
few  rapid  movements  of  his  marking  implement  he  "scribes' 
the  sheet  and  passes  it  to  the  "  cutter,"  who  merely  cuts  the 
sheet  through  along  the  lines  marked.  The  different  sizes  are 
then  cleaned  of  the  fine  filaments  of  mica  with  a  stiff  brush, 
wrapped  in  strong  paper,  generally  in  one  pound  packages,  boxed 


94  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

and  shipped.  As  most  of  the  mines  lie  from  20  to  30  miles 
from  rail,  the  haulage  aeross  country  is  costly.  A  railroad  now 
being  surveyed  down  the  Toe  River,  between  Mitchell  and 
Yancey  counties,  will  give  an  outlet  north  via  the  East  Tennes- 
see, Virginia  &  Georgia  Railroad,  and  south  via  the  Richmond 
&  Danville  (Western  North  Carolina  Division),  or  the  Charles- 
ton, Cincinnati  &  Chicago  Railroad,  now  building.  I  approach 
the  subject  of  the  yield  of  cut  mica  from  block  mica  with  some 
hesitation.  Cut  mica  is  the  only  product  of  a  mica  mine  that 
is  sold  on  a  commercial  scale.  It  determines  the  value  of  the 
mine.  So  much  depends  on  the  quality  of  the  blocks  and  of  the 
rough  sheets,  whether  they  are  stained,  or  cloudy,  or  flawey,  or 
striated,  so  much  depends  on  the  skill  of  the  scriber,  and  other 
local  conditions  that  what  is  here  said  is  to  be  taken  as  applica- 
ble to  average  conditions. 

On  the  average,  therefore,  100  pounds  of  block  mica  should 
yield  from  10  pounds  to  12  pounds  of  cut  mica.  Instances  are 
not  unknown  where  the  yield  has  fallen  to  5  per  eent. ;  it  has 
risen  at  some  mines  to  33  per  cent.,  and  once  to  75  per  cent. 
This  last  yield  is  very  far  above  the  average,  and  has  been  ob- 
tained only  once,  so  far  as  I  know.  With  the  general  average 
of  block  mica  a  12  per  cent,  yield  in  cut  mica  is  considered  a 
fair  return.  These  12  pounds  will  vary  in  value  according  to 
the  quality  and  size  of  the  patterns,  the  highest  price  being  $4 
per  pound,  the  average  price  being  not  far  from  $1.75. 

A  12  per  cent,  yield  with  these  figures  will  give  an  average 
value  of  $21  per  100  pounds  of  block  mica,  or  $420  per  ton  of 
2,000  pounds.  That  the  business  has  been  profitable  may  be 
realized  bv  remembering  as  stated  already  in  this  article,  that 
in  1880  there  was  invested  in  North  Carolina  mica  mines  86,900, 
and  the  value  of  their  product  was  $61,675.  As  was  remarked 
then,  I  cannot  say  whether  these  figures  are  correct  or  not.  One 
may  be  allowed  one's  own  opinion,  and  some  would  say  it  is  too 
good  to  be  true.  It  has  been  stated  that  in  the  Carolinas  the 
mica  is  more  apt  to  have  a  twisted  structure  and  to  be  stained 
or  cloudy  than  the  New  Hampshire  mica.     This  could  be  known 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  95 

only  by  compariug  the  percentage  yield  of  cut  mica  from  block 
mica,  as  twisted  or  A  mica  and  stained  mica  is  not  included  in 
cut  mica. 

Prof.  Shaler  speaks  also  of  the  relatively  small  amount  of 
gangue  in  the  richer  parts  of  the  vein  compensating  for  the  in- 
creased expense  of  mining  Carolina  mica.  This  has  less  to  do 
with  the  yield  of  cut  mica  than  the  quality  of  the  blocks.  The 
greater  or  less  preponderance  of  gangue  may,  and  doubtless 
does,  influence  the  mining  account,  and  so,  indirectly,  the  balance 
sheet ;  but  the  value  of  100  pounds  of  block  mica  depends  less 
upon  the  percentage  of  gangue  than  upon  the  quality  of  the  cut 
mica  obtained  from  it.  The  assertion  that  Carolina  rough  mica 
yields  less  cut  mica  than  that  from  New  Hampshire  remains  to 
be  proved. 

CONCLUSION. 

In  bringing  this  article  to  a  close  it  seems  necessary  to  ex- 
plain why  no  statistics  have  been  given.  Such  as  are  accessible 
will  be  found  in  a  compilation  by  the  writer  to  be  published 
shortly  in  the  "Mineral  Resources  of  the  United  States  for 
1887,"  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey.  In  this  volume  will  be  found  also 
a  more  concise  and  less  technical  account  of  the  industry,  and 
those  who  wish  a  bird's-eye  view  of  the  matter  are  referred  to  it. 

North  Carolina,  for  several  years  past,  has  contributed  over 
(50  per  cent,  of  the  mica  produced  in  the  United  States.  With 
New  Hampshire,  she  produces  fully  95  per  cent,  of  the  better 
quality  of  mica  in  the  country,  and  while,  indeed,  it  cannot  be 
asserted  that  her  mica  is  better  than  that  from  other  sources,  it 
is  just  as  good,  and  the  statistics  above  referred  to  show  that  it  is 
mined  at  less  cost  than  New  Hampshire  mica. 

I  must  say,  however,  t hat  in  my  opinion  these  statistics  are 
erroneous.  There  cannot  exist  such  a  difference  between  the 
effective  value  of  a  dollar  in  North  Carolina  and  New  Hamp- 
shire as  they  reveal.  It  is  impossible  to  believe  that  one  dollar 
in  North  Carolina  yielded  $8.93,  and  in  New  Hampshire  only 
20  cents,  especially  when  we  consider  that  in  the  former  State 
G 


96  JOURNAL    OF   TIIK 

shaft  mining  is  the  rule  and  open  cut  the  exception,  and  in  the 
latter  open  cut  is  the  rule  and  shaft  mining  the  exception. 

The  much  vexed  question  of  cost  accounts  should  not  be  sub- 
mitted to  census-takers.  It  needs  something  more  than  mere 
scientific  information  to  settle  the  actual  cost  of  even  so  simple 
a  product  as  mica,  aud  while  the  local  conditions  in  North  Caro- 
lina favor  cheap  mining  they  do  not  necessarily  imply  it.  After 
devoting  several  years  to  the  study  of  North  Carolina  mica 
mines,  and,  what  is  a  still  more  difficult  subject,  mica  miners,  I 
do  not  as  yet  find  myself  in  a  position  to  give  an  opinion  on  the 
cost  of  a  pound  of  mica  ready  for  shipment.  That  it  is  less 
now  than  it  was  ten  years  ago  there  is  good  reason  for  believing, 
as  also  for  believing  that  it  will  be  still  farther  diminished  by 
the  introductiou  of  improved  machinery,  drills,  hoists,  etc. 

The  miners  and  dealers  in  North  Carolina  are  not  at  present 
at  all  happy  over  their  prospects.  The  change  to  a  smaller  pat- 
tern, the  importation  of  foreigu  mica  (which  pays  no  duty),  and 
the  discovery  of  other  mines,  as  in  Dakota,  Black  Hills,  Colo- 
rado, etc.,  are  among  the  chief  causes  of  alarm. 

The  output  is  diminishing,  and  that  in  spite  of  many  good 
mines  still  unworked.  The  industry,  while,  indeed,  never  of  any 
very  great  dimensions,  was  of  considerable  consequence  to  the 
immediate  vicinity. 

Probably  $300,000  was  the  geatest  value  ever  reached  by  any 
annual  yield,  and  for  the  20  years  in  which  the  business  has  been 
carried  on  it  is  not  likely  that  the  value  of  the  product  exceeds 
$1,700,000. 

Mitchell  and  Yancey  counties  have  contributed  most  of  the 
mica  from  North  Carolina.  Good  mines  have  also  been  opened 
and  worked  in  the  counties  of  Stokes,  Cleveland  and  Rutherford, 
east  of  the  Blue  Ridge,  and  Buncombe,  Haywood,  Jackson, 
Macon  and  Cherokee,  west  of  the  Ridge. 

According  to  W.  C.  Kerr,  a  timbered  shaft  100  feet  deep 
has  been  discovered  on  Valley  River,  Cherokee  county. 

F.  W.  Simonds*  states  that  in  the  Guyer  mine,  Macon  county, 


*American  Naturalist,  1881,7. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  97 

at  depths  varying  from  35  to  50  feet  in  a  shaft  of  prehistoric 
age,  were  found  in  1875  some  iron  implements,  as  a  pair  of  gud- 
geons, a  wedge,  etc.,  of  wrought-iron.  Shaft  mining  has  been 
carried  on  in  this  State  for  200  years  or  more.  An  exploring 
party  sent  out  by  De  Soto  may  have  penetrated  as  far  north  as 
the  south-western  corner  of  Xorth  Carolina. 

Prehistoric  remains  of  open  cuts  and  shafts  for  mica  mining 
are  found  in  Alabama,  along  a  line  stretching  from  Chilton  county 
north-east  through  the  counties  of  Coosa,  Clay  and  Cleburne. 

It  is  a  little  surprising  that  an  industry  so  old,  and  yet  s'o  new, 
should  have  received  such  scant  attention.  There  is,  perhaps,  in 
the  whole  country  no  better  place  for  the  study  of  fissures,  and 
of  the  forces  causing  them,  than  a  well  opened  mica  mine. 

It  is  the  purpose  of  the  writer  during  the  ensuing  summer  to 
figure  and  describe  more  particularly  some  of  the  more  interest- 
ing of  these  mines  in  Yancey  and  Mitchell  counties,  and  to  seek 
anew  for  the  relations  subsisting  between  the  quality  and  quan- 
tity of  the  mica,  and  the  depth,  dip,  strike  and  walling  of  the 
vein,  and  the  influence  exerted  by  accompanying  minerals. 

If  what  has  been  said  shall  lead  those  concerned  in  such  mat- 
ters to  inquire  more  especially  into  them,  this  article  has  not 
been  written  in  vain.  The  mica  mining  counties  will  well  repay 
close  study,  not  only  on  account  of  the  mica,  but  even  more  on 
account  of  other  minerals,  as  iron  ores,  chrome  ores,  corundum, 
asbestos,  graphite,  talc,  etc.  Some  of  the  most  magnificent  forests 
of  virgin  timber  in  this  or  any  other  country  still  adorn  the 
mountains  and  hills  of  these  counties.  Chestnut,  locust,  walnut, 
poplar,  pine,  cherry,  etc.,  flourish  in  great  abundance  and  beauty. 
The  new  railroad  projected  down  the  Toe  river  in  Tennessee  will 
open  a  country  that  needs  only  to  be  known  to  be  appreciated. 
A  fertile  soil,  an  unsurpassed  climate,  varied  and  abundant  natu- 
ral products  all  combine  to  render  this  part  of  Xorth  Carolina 
the  potential  garden  spot  of  the  State. 


98  JOURNAL    OF   THE 


RECALCULATIONS  OF  THE  ATOMIC  WEIGHTS. 


F.  P.  VENABLE. 


Within  the  last  five  years  several  attempts  have  been  made  by 
chemists  of  prominence  to  recalculate  the  many  atomic  weight 
determinations  upon  a  uniform  basis  and  by  uniform  methods, 
and  so  secure,  if  possible,  a  trustworthy  table  of  these  most  im- 
portant constants  of  nature.  Our  better  knowledge  of  these  ele- 
ments and  the  iucreased  accuracy  of  modern  methods  promised 
favorably  for  the  success  of  such  an  undertaking.  That  such  a 
revision  was  called  for  a  glance  at  the  text-books  of  the  time 
will  abundantly  show.  The  greatest  variance  was  shown  in  the 
tables  of  atomic  weights  given.  They  seemed  to  be  chosen  most 
arbitrarily.  No  single  authority  was  recognized,  and  in  many 
cases  it  would  have  been  difficult  to  trace  the  source  of  the  num- 
bers given.  Especially  were  the  differences  notable  in  text-books 
of  different  nationalities.  Taking  two  nearly  contemporaneous 
text-books  widely  used  in  England,  America  and  Germany — 
Watts  (1878)  and  Richter  (1881)— I  find  that  out  of  64  elements 
37  per  cent,  only  have  the  atomic  weights  the  same  in  both;  22 
per  cent,  differ  by  from  .10  to  .25;  20  per  cent,  differ  from  .25  to 
.50;  10  per  cent,  differ  from  .50  to  1.00,  and  11  per  cent,  differ 
by  more  than  1,  the  difference  in  several  cases  ranging  from  25 
to  40. 

To  call  such  a  list  a  table  of  constants  seems  ridiculous,  nor 
does  it  speak  well  for  chemistry  as  a  science  that  these,  the  very 
foundation  stones  on  which  its  building  is  reared,  should  be  so 
unstable  and  little  trustworthy.  Analyses  calculated  by  num- 
bers so  different,  as  in  these  two  tables,  must  give  very  different 
results,  one  or  the  other,  or  perhaps  both,  of  which  must  be 
erroneous. 

The  evil  was  and  is  a  crying  one  and  demands  the  best  ener- 
gies of  the  wisest  chemists  to  rectify. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  99 

The  general  acceptation  of  the  Law  of  Periodicity  has  been 
another  potent  factor  in  drawing  attention  to  the  need  for  care- 
ful revision,  and  in  many  cases  re-determination  of  the  atomic 
weights.  Those  who  have  undertaken  this  revision  have  met 
with  many  serious  obstacles  which  are  still  very  far  from  beinLi 
overcome.  This,  I  think,  will  be  seen  as  we  proceed  in  the  dis- 
cussion of  the  results  obtained. 

THE    UNIT    OR    BASIS. 

The  first  essential  is  the  adoption  of  a  unit  of  calculation  or 
basis,  and  this  has  proved  one  of  the  great  obstacles  in  the  way 
of  uniformity.  Two  elements  suggest  themselves  as  bases  for 
these  calculations — hydrogen  and  oxygen.  For  fifty  years  or 
more  the  strife  has  raged  as  to  which  of  these  should  be  adopted. 
Hydrogen  has  been  practically  adopted  and  used,  but  the  oppo- 
sition to  it  has  only  slumbered  at  times  and  seems  rising  again 
in  the  past  few  years.  Dalton  and  Gmelin  were  the  advocates 
of  the  hydrogen  unit  in  early  days  and  Wollaston  and  Berzelius 
advocated  oxygen.  Among  the  late  revisers  and  recalculators 
Becker*  refers  all  the  atomic  weights  to  oxygen  —16.  Clarkef 
gives  tables  calculated  either  for  oxygen=16  or  hydrogen=l. 
Sebelien."!:  uses  the  units,  hydrogen=l  or  oxygen=100,  as  also 
do  Meyer  and  Seubert§.  Ostwald^f  uses  bydrogen=l,  giving  to 
oxygen  the  value  16.  Van  der  Plaats||  has  selected  oxygeu=K) 
as  the  basis  for  his  recalculation. 

There  is  a  decided  predominance  of  authority  in  favor  of 
oxygen  as  the  standard  and  of  giving  it  the  value  16,  though 
-nine  would  make  it  appear  that  this  is  the  same  thing  as  adopt- 
ing hydrogen=l. 


^Constants  of  Nature,  Part  IV,  Smithsonian  Institution,  L880. 
fConstants  of  Nature,  Pari  V,  Smithsonian  Institution,  18s7. 
JBeitrii ^e  zur  (icsdiichte  der  Atoragewichte,  1884. 
MM'e  Atomgewichte  der  Elemente,  1883. 
^[Lehrbueh  der  Allgemeinen  Cheruie,  1885. 
|  Annales  de  Chiruie  et  de  Physique  (6  serie)  7  April,  1886. 


100  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

What  points  should  decide  the  choice  of  our  unit?  Thev  have 
been  ably  discussed  by  Meyer  and  Seubert,*  but  I  must  confess 
they  seem  to  me  somewhat  blinded  themselves  by  the  partisan- 
ship of  which  they  accuse  their  oppouents,  and  I  cannot  agree 
with  them  in  all  of  their  conclusions. 

I  would  state  as  the  essentials  for  the  unit  element : 

1st.  That  it  must  be  one  with  which  the  greatest  number  of 
the  other  elements  can  be  directly  compared,  thus  avoiding  the 
multiplication  of  error. 

2d.  Its  own  atomic  weight  must  be  reasonably  small  so  as  not 
to  make  too  great  the  higher  atomic  weights. 

3d.  The  atomic  weights  of  the  other  elements  gotten  by  com- 
parison  with  it  should  be,  as  many  of  them  as  possible,  integers, 
or  nearly  so,  rendering  calculation  easier.  In  spite  of  all  the 
tabular  aud  other  aids  at  the  command  of  the  chemist  of  the 
present  day,  calculations  with  an  atomic  weight  having  an  awk- 
ward fraction  cause  the  loss  of  much  time. 

Now,  on  examining,  with  a  view  to  these  requisites,  the  two 
elements  proposed  as  units  oxygen  alone  will  be  found  to  answer 
every  requirement. 

Nearly  all  of  the  present  atomic  weights  have  been  determined 
by  the  aid  of  oxygen. 

Few  can  be  directly  compared  with  hydrogen,  and  this  forms 
the  almost  insuperable  objection  to  hydrogen  as  a  standard. 

Hydrogen  has  been  used  for  the  past  half  century  for  the  two  last 
reasons  cited  among  the  requisites.  As  it  has  the  smallest  atomic 
weight,  all  the  others  would  be  above  unity  if  it  were  taken  as  the 
unit.  Thus  fractional  atomic  weights  were  avoided,  and  again  a 
large  number  of  the  other  atomic  weights  compared  with  it  are  ap- 
proximately integers.  I  am  confident  that  this  is  mainly  made  use 
of  as  a  matter  of  convenience  and  of  custom  at  the  present  day, 
and  that  no  special  weight  is  attached  to  the  coincidences  with 
whole  numbers.  It  did  give  rise  to  a  visionary  sort  of  hypothe- 
sis, first  enunciated  by  the  Rev.  Mr.  Prout  in   1815,  and   hence 


*Berichte  der  dentpchen  Chem.  Gesell.,  XVIII,  1,089. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  101 

called  Prout's  Hypothesis,  that  all  of  the  atomic  weights  were 
multiples  of  that  of  hydrogen,  and,  as  an  inference  to  be  drawn, 
that  hydrogen  was  the  primal  element  of  which  thev  were  made. 

This  hypothesis  has  had  many  valiant  defenders  and  a  large 
number  of  most  determined  opponents,  and  it  has  called  forth 
work  that  has  been  of  immense  benefit  to  the  science.  It  is  well 
that  this  one  good  thing  can  be  spoken  of  so  many  false  suppo- 
sitions and  theories.  As  an  hypothesis  it  is  based  on  a  few  coin- 
cidences which  were  to  be  naturally  looked  for  in  the  light  of 
mathematics  and  the  law  of  probabilities.  One  may  say  that 
no  absolute  proof  in  its  favor  has  ever  been  advanced,  nor  does 
it  seem  capable  of  proof  at  the  present  day.  A  cursory  exam- 
ination would  reveal  proportionately  similar  coincidences  for 
some  of  the  other  elements.  I  say  proportionately  for,  of  course, 
the  smaller  the  atomic  weight  the  greater  the  number  of  its 
multiples  and  the  greater  the  probability  of  coincidences  within 
the  limits  given. 

I  cannot  believe  that  Meyer  and  Seubert*  are  serious  when 
they  state  it  as  a  "striking  fact  that  the  atomic  weights  of  more 
than  one-fourth  of  all  the  elements  are  very  nearly  multiples  of 
the  half  atomic,  or  equivalent  weight  of  oxygen,"  giving  a  table 
to  show  this,  and  adding  that  "such  regularities  are  worthy  of 
note."  They  can  scarcely  be  worthy  of  much  note,  for  such 
regularities  or  coincidences  would  be  exceedingly  probable  where 
we  have  sixty  or  seventy  elements  with  atomic  weights  under 
240  and  take  a  small  number  with  thirty  or  more  multiples  in  the 
same  range.  The  smaller  the  number  the  more  numerous  will  be 
the  multiples  and  consequently  the  coincidence-.  To  show  this, 
I  have  added  to  the  table  of  Meyer  and  Seubert  two  other  lists 
of  multiples  and  "regularities." 

*Loc.  cit. 


102 


JOURNAL    OF    THE 


TABLE  No.   I. 


- 


2 
3 

4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 

10 
11 
12 
13 
14 
15 
16 


Cm 

- 


.2-11 

3  5 


L5.9C 
23.94 

31.02 

39.90 

47.88 

55.8G 

63.84 

71.82 

79.80 

87.78 

95.76 

L03.74 

111.72 

119.70 

127.68 

17  135.66 

18  143.64 


1!) 
20 
21 
22 
23 
24 
2.". 
26 
27 


151.62 
159.60 
167.58 
175.56 
183.54 
L91.52 
199.50 
207.48 
215.46 


28      223.44 


29      231.42 


30 
31 
32 
33 


239.40 


c 
I 

E 


O 

Mg.... 

S 

Ca 

Ti 

Fe 

Cu 

Ge 

Br 

Sr 

Mo.... 
Ru.  .. 
Cd..  .. 
Sb 


w. 


Ill 


Th. 

11... 


34 


i. 

o 

c 

0! 

I 


0 
0 
+.06 
+.01 

+.13 

+  .02 

—.66 

+.50 

—.01 

—.48 
+.14 
—.24 

0 
—.10 


Hg +.30 


+  .011 


—.18 


+.54 
+.40 


Z  .A 

y 

i  — 
'-     •> 


-  iC 


7,04 

10.56 
14.08 
17.00 
21.12 
24.64 
28.10 
31.68 
35.20 
38.72 
42.24 
45.76 
49.28 
52.80 
50.32 
58.82 
63.3G 
66.88 
70.40 
73.92 
77.44 
80.96 
84.48 
88.00 
91.52 
95.04 
98.56 
102.08 
105.60 
L09.12 
112.64 

110.10 

L19.68 
123.20 


a 

-. 

£ 

- 


Li. 
Be. 

Ni 


Mg. 

si... 
s.... 
01... 
K... 


Cr.. 
Fe. 
Co 

Cu. 


Ga. 


Sr.. 
Zr.. 
Mo. 


o 
□ 

CP 

u 


(I 

+  .44 

—  .04 


—.26 

—.10 

+.38 

+  .2.". 
+.41 


—.50 

—.32 

+.28 

—.03 


.50 


—.48 

—.92 

+  .86 


p.l 

—.60 

Cd 

—.56 

Sb 

+.61 

en 

C 

'-  O 
i 

Z-- 


a 

- 


W 


12.00 
18.00 
24.00 
30.00 
36.00 
42.00 
48.00 
54.00 
(iO.OO 
00.1  HI 

72.00 
78.00 
84.00 
90.00 
96.00 
L02.00 
108.00 
114.00 
120.00 
120.00 
132.00 
L38.00 
144.00 
150.00 
1. 56.00 
102  00 
168.00 
174.00 
180.00 
186.00 
192.00 
198.00 
204.00 

210.00 


c. 


Co.. 
Zn.. 
Ger 


Zr.., 

Mo. 


Ag. 
Ir.. 
Sb. 
Te. 
Cs.. 
La. 


■j. 

o> 
o 

= 

CP 

— 

CP 


Mg 

+  .38 

CI. 

—.55 

Ti 

+  .12 

—.90 
—.62 

+  -'!2 


+ 

70 

— 

.10 

-L 
i 

00 

— 

30 

+ 

29 

— 

80 

+ 

88 

+ 

;,ii 

ISm 


+  .20 

yb 

—.80 

TI 



+.15 

ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY. 


103 


TABLE  No,.  I— Continued. 


c 

3 

■- 

1 
°C 

a 

w     X 

—  OS 

^    I- 

a5 

a 
s 

£ 

at/ 

a* 
o 

a 

ep 

- 

5 

Multiples  of 
3.52=%  Li. 

0 

- 

S 
W 

i- 

■   <& 

o 

^- 
CD 

z 
5 

Multiples  of 

6     '.,C. 

■j. 

-43 

a 

s 

o 
o 

a 
a> 

5 

•>(i 

126.72 

129.24 

132.76 

136.28 

140.80 

144.32 

172.48 

183.14 

193.70 

197.22 

200.7 1 

204,26 

■-'117.78 

218.34 

239.46 

1 

+.14 

216.00 
222.00 
228.00 
234.00 
240.00 

''~l 



38 

■  -     

+  .12 

+.76 

T.70 

+  .08 

+  .72 

-.34 

—.59 

—.48 

—.30 

—.11 

+.23 

+  .66 

+.54 

Th 

D  

•'■<> 

Ba 

Ce 
Di 

—1.00 

10 

—1.00 

11 

49 

5° 



Yb 
Ta 
Ir 

All 

Hg 

Tl 

55 

56 
57 



.  ... 

59 

Bi 

Ng 

U 

62 

68 

i 

I  cannot  think  that  the.se  authors  really  mean  this  as  in  any 
way  a  plea  for  oxygen=15.96.  It  must  be  intended  to  show  the 
ridiculous  nature  of  the  grounds  upon  which  Front's  Hypothe- 
sis has  been  based.  Certainly  they  are  correct  in  their  deduc- 
tion that  "to  attempt  to  correct  the  atomic  weights  by  them  (■/.  e., 
these  regularities)  would  be  just  as  incorrect  as  to  round  them  off 
into  whole  numbers."  With  such  glaring  and  persistent  excep- 
tions as  chlorine,  chromium,  copper,  strontium,  gold  and  others, 
the  hypothesis  of  Front  must  fail  to  take  its  place  as  a  law,  since 
no  law  could  be  accepted  with  so  large  a  percentage  of  exceptions. 

It  is  not  necessary  to  discuss  the  modifications  of  Front's  Hy- 
pothesis which  have  been  proposed — the  half-atom  or  fourth- 
atom  of  hvdrogen  as  unit,  etc.  Such  changes  really  do  away  with 
all  meaning  to  the  hypothesis,  and  the  valuable  idea  which 
Meyer  and  Seubert  acknowledge  may  lie  concealed  in  it,  is  lost. 

That  the  hypothesis  is  still  doing  yeoman's  service  to  science 
is  shown  by  the  number  of  new  determinations,  within  the  past 
two  years,  of  the  ratio  between    hydrogen   and   oxygen.      It    is 


104  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

evidence  of  the  struggle  to  retain  the  old  unit  hydrogen,  and  at 
the  same  time  secure  accuracy  for  it,  bv  fixing;  definitely  its  relation 
to  oxygen,  by  means  of  which  nearly  all  comparisons  with  the 
other  elements  must  be  made.  I  fear  that  much  of  this  work 
would  not  have  been  done  if  it  had  been  made  to  appear  that  the 
atomic  weight  of  hydrogen,  and  not  of  oxygen,  was  aimed  at. 
The  atomic  weight  of  hydrogen  has  only  the  ordinary  interest 
of  that  of  any  of  the  elements.  With  the  atomic  weight  of 
oxygen  they  all  stand  or  fall,  no  matter  which  we  choose  as  our 
theoretical  unit.     The  new  determinations  referred  to  are: 

Rayleigh  (Chemical  News,  Vol.  57,  p.  73),  0= 15.9 12. 

Cooke  &  Richards  (Am.  Chem.  Journal,  Vol.  10,  p.  81), 
0=15.953. 

Cooke  &  Richards  (Am.  Chem.  Journal,  Vol.  10,  p.  91), 
0=15.869. 

Keiser  (Am.  Chem.  Journal,  Vol.  10,  p.  250),  0=  15.949. 

Morley,*  is  at  work  upon  it  and  cites  Scott,  H:0  ::  1.994: 1, 
by  volume.  This  makes  the  atomic  weight  of  oxygen  less  that 
16,  as  all  of  the  others  do.  None  of  them  come  up,  indeed,  to  the 
present  assumption  of  0=15.96,  so  if  these  investigators  are 
correct,  or  more  nearly  correct  than  those  who  have  preceded 
them,  the  whole  table  of  atomic  weights  must  be  again  shifted. 

It  is  time,  then,  that  hydrogen  were  finally  discarded  as  the 
unit.  Oxygen  is  in  every  way  preferable,  and  nothing  like  uni- 
formity will  be  attained  until  it  is  adopted. 

With  oxygen  as  the  standard,  what  value  shall  be  assigned  it? 
Four  values  have  been  suggested:  1st,  0=1  ;  2d,  O=10;  3d, 
0=16;  4th,  O=100. 

If  0=1  we  would  have  nearly  10  per  cent,  of  the  elements 
represented  by  decimal  fractious  and  the  following  partial  table 
would  show  other  inconveniences: 

Al.  1.694  Cr  3.2^4 

F  1.194  Fe  3.501 

Mg  1.500  Co  3.67 

Na  1.4408  Cu  3.95 

P  1.940  Mn  3.4:'. 

S  2.0037  Ni  3.67 

Ti  3.15 

Si  1.754  V  3.20 


♦American  Chemical  Journal,  Vol.  10,  p.  21. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   .SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  105 

The  differences  between  the  elements  are  too  small  for  speedy 
recognition  or  for  easy  memorizing.    0=1  is  manifestly  too  small. 

Considering  next  the  fourth  suggestion,  0=100,  we  see  that 
just  the  opposite  objection  holds  good.  Over  one-fifth  of  the 
elements  would  be  represented  by  numbers  exceeding  1000.  Few 
of  these  could  be  accurately  given  as  far  as  the  fourth  place. 
For  instance,  shall  gold  be  represented  by  the  number  1229.4,  or 
1225.1,  or  1234.,  or  1249.,  all  of  which  are  actual  determina- 
tions? From  long  custom  we  have  come  to  regard  a  whole  num- 
ber as  being  correct  and  the  decimals  as  indicating  approxima- 
tions. It  would  seem  to  be  best  still  to  hide  our  imperfections 
under  the  decimals. 

The  only  claim  that  can  be  adduced  in  favor  of  O=10  is  that 

we  will   then   have  ihe  atomic   weights  on  the  decimal   system. 

This  is  not  true,  however,  unless  the  other  atomic  weights  are 

multiples  of  ten.     A  glance  at  a  few  of  the  elements  will  show 

that  the  numbers  would  be  complicated,  rather  than  simplified, 

by  such  an  unit. 

H  =  o.2<;:>  c    =  7.502 

Li  =  4.39  N   =  8. 77'.  I 

Be  =  5.89  F    =11.94 

B   =6.83  Na  =14.408 

C  =  7.502  Fe  =35.01 

N  =  8.779  Co  =36.70 

F   =11.94  Mn=34.30 

Na=  14.408  Cu  =39.50 

That  is,  the  eight  first  elements  which  in  our  present  tables  are 
approximately  whole  numbers  and  in  ordinary  calculations  com- 
monly taken  as  such  (especially  in  technical  analyses,  and  we 
must  not  let  theoretical  considerations  take  us  out  of  sight  of 
the  practical  side  of  chemistry)  are  when  compared  with  0=10 
burdened  with  cumbrous  fractions  and  brought  inconveniently 
near  to  one  another.  'This  last  consideration  is  of  especial  weight 
when  the  clearness  of  the  Periodic  Law  is  considered. 

There  remains,  then,  only  0=16  to  be  considered.  The 
advantage  of  this  unit  may  be  summed  up  as  follow-: 

1st.  Every  atomic  weight  is  above  unity  and  yet  not  inconven- 
ientlv  large. 


106  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

2d.  The  distance  between  the  atomic  weights  renders  them 
easy  to  memorize  and  is  more  convenient  for  the  illustration  of 
the  Periodic  Law. 

3d.  About  two-thirds  of  the  atomic  weights  are  either  whole 
numbers  or  vary  from  whole  numbers  bv  fractions  of^-or  less. 

4th.  The  adoption  of  this  as  a  unit  practically  means  the  re- 
tention of  most  of  the  numbers  so  long  in  use.  The  valuable 
literature  of  the  past  three  or  four  decades  need  not  be  rendered 
less  useful  and  intelligible  to  the  chemists  of  the  present  and 
the  future,  as  it  would  be  by  radical  changes  in  these  combining 
numbers. 

Some  chemists  seem  to  feel  an  especial  repugnance  to  this  unit 
because  it  is  too  arbitrary  and  unusual,  not  bearing  upon  its  face 
the  fact  that  it  is  the  unit,  and  again  because  hydrogen  is  then 
represented  by  the  number  1.0025.  The  arbitrariness  of  it  seems 
unavoidable:  as  to  why  they  should  be  troubled  by  the  number 
given  hydrogen  is  not  very  apparent.  The  fraction  is  an  easy 
one  to  handle  and  may  often  be  neglected.  It  can  make  no  pos- 
sible difference  in  the  close  calculations  of  organic  chemistry 
cited  by  Meyer  and  Seubert,  whether  H=l  and  0=  15.96  or 
H= 1.0025  and  0=16.  The  only  thing  is  to  keep  the  ratio 
which  most  exact  research  reveals  as  existing  between  the  two. 
The  tendency  of  the  day  is  toward  0=16  and  it  should  be 
universally  adopted.  To  avoid  dangerous  assumptions  the  other 
atomic  weights  should  be  rigidly  put  down  in  accord  with  the 
most  accurate  determinations  available.  This  brings  us  to  con- 
sider another  difficulty  and  cause  of  variation. 

METHODS    OF   CALCULATION. 

Clarke,  Sebelien,  and  others,  who  have  worked  over  this 
problem,  have  been  greatly  troubled  as  to  what  data  should  be 
used  in  the  recalculations  and  what  rejected.  Manifestly  the 
results  of  many  of  the  older  experimenters  can  lay  no  great 
claims  to  accuracy.  Some,  as  Clarke  says,  are  "  chemically 
worthless  because  of  constant  errors."  Many  have  neglected 
proper  precautions  or  necessary  corrections.     And  yet  there  are 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  107 

reasons  for  retaining  much  of  this,  and  the  retention  or  rejection 
is  a  point  of  judgment  on  which  chemists  may,  and  do,  legiti- 
mately differ.  An  additional  sentence  of  Clarke's  reveals  the 
extent  of  the  trouble.  "  In  fact,  it  is  doubtful,"  he  says,  "  whether 
any  two  chemists,  working  independently,  would  handle  all  the 
data  in  precisely  the  same  way,  or  combine  them  so  as  to  pro- 
duce exactly  the  same  final  results." 

The  accompanying  tables,  giving  the  calculations  of  Clarke, 
Meyer  and  Seubert  (the  0=1(3  table  was  worked  out  from  their 
0=1),  Van  der  Plaats,  and  Ostwald,*  show  the  truth  of  this. 
The  two  last  agree  more  nearly  than  the  others,  and  yet  the  va- 
riations are  numerous  and  sometimes  as  large  as  5  in  the  case  of 
osmium;  3  in  the  case  of  mercury;  1  iu  the  case  of  uranium, 
etc.  (nanimity  in  regard  to  an  atomic  weight  does  not  always 
mean  that  the  weight  is  correct.  Paucity  of  data  sometimes 
limits  the  chances  for  variation.  Indium,  for  instance,  and 
gallium  and  beryllium  have  been  subjected  to  few  investigations. 

The  mathematical  side  of  the  question,  whether  the  method 
of  least  squares  should  be  adopted,  or  by  what  formulae  the 
probable  errors  should  be  calculated,  and  by  what  the  results 
combined,  is,  of  course,  of  great  importance,  and  the  subject  of 
varying  views,  but  cannot  be  discussed  here. 


*Ostwald's  table  is  put  down  under  the   head   of  0=16.     He   gives   it   as 
H=l  and  also  0=16,  but  the  numbers  most  nearly  correspond  with  the  latter. 


108 


JOURNAL    OF    THE 


TABLE    No.    II. 


OXYGEN     Hi. 


Symbol. 

Clarke. 

Meyer  & 
Seubert. 

Ag 

107.923 

107.929 

Al 

27.075 

27.1(17 

A- 

75.090 

75.087 

Au 

190.606 

196.690 

B 

10.966 

10.927 

Ba 

L37.007 

137.202 

Be 

9.106 

9.103 

Bi 

208.001 

208.019 

Br 

79.951 

79.954 

C  

12.0011 

11.999 

Ca 

41  ,082 

40.009 

Cd 

112.092 

111.979 

Ce 

140.747 

141.553 

CI 

35.451 

35.458 

Co 

59.023 

58.746 

Cr 

52.127 

52.581 

Cs 

132.918 

133.032 

Cu 

63.318 

63.338 

Di 

1 14.906 

145.362 

Er 

166.273 

L66  415 

F 

19.027 

19.109 

Fe 

56.042 

56.015 

Ga 

68.963 

70.072 

Ge 

72.32 

=Determ 

H  

1.0023 

1.0024 

Hg 

2(1(1.171 

20H.299 

I  

126.848 

126.856 

In 

113.659 

113.683 

Ir 

193.094 

192.981 

K  

39.109 

39.128 

La 

138.S44 

138.sK; 

Li 

7.0235 

7.028 

Jig 

24.014 

23.999 

Mn 

54.029 

54.937 

Mo 

95.747 

96.139 

N 

14.029 

14.045 

Na 

23.051 
94.027 

23.052 
93.934 

Nb 

Ni 

58.062 

16.000 

198.951 

58.746 

16.000 

195.487 

0 

Os 

P. 

31.029 

31.037 

Pb 

206.946 

206.906 

Pd 

L05.981 

106.465 

Pt 

194.867 

194.826 

Rb 

85.529 

85.413 

Rh 

104.285 

I04.:j.<;o 

Ru 

104.457 

103.759 

s  

32.058 
120.231 

32.059 
119.899 

8b  

-      

44. o.sl 

44.07'.! 

78.978 

79.01 17 

Si  

28.260 

28.07 

8m 

Sn 

11  7. DCS 



117.01:; 

Sr 

87.575 

87.518 

Ta 

182.562 

L82.455 

Te 

128.254 

128.019 

Th 

233.951 

232.539 

Ti 

49  '."ii 

50.373 

Tl 

204.183 

20  1.209 

I" 

239.030 

240.399 

V 

51.373 

51.228 

W 

184.032 

184.059 

Y 

90.023 

89.824 

Yb  

173.158 
65.05-1 

173.081 
65.042 

Zn 

Zr 

573 

'90. 020 

Van  der 
Plaats. 


( >stwald. 


107.9:; 

27.08 

75.0 
196.7 

11.0 

137.1 

ill 

208.0 

79.9.-).". 

12.005 

4o.o 
112.1 
141.5 

35.456 
58.8  or  60 

52.3 
132.8 

03.:;:; 
145 
166 

19.0 

50  0 

70. 

ination  of 
l.oo 
200.1 
120.SG 
113.7 
193.0 

39.144 
138.0 
7.02 
24.4 
55.0 
90.0 
14.05 
23.05 
9.40 
58.  or  58.8 

10.01)0 

195 
30.95 

200.91 

106.5 

194.9 

85.4 
104. 
104. 

32.06 
120.0 

44. 

79. 

28.0 
1 51 ) 
L18.1 

87.5 
L82.8 
125 
233 

48.1 
204.2 
2lo 

51.3 
Is  1.0 

S9.5 

17.; 

05  3 
90.5 


107.938 

27.os 

75.0 
190.7 

11.0 
137.04 
9.10 
208.01 

7!  1.903 

12.000 

40.00 
112.08 
141.5 

35.45:; 

59.1 

52.3 
132.88 

63.33 
115 
166 

19.01 

56.00 

69.9 
Winkler. 
1.00 
200.4 
120.S04 
113.7 
193.11 

39.130 
138.5 
7.030 

2  1  38 

55.02 

95.9 

14.041 

23.058 

94.2 

5S.5 

16.00 
21 II ) 

31.03 
206.911 
106. 
194. S3 

85.44 
103.05 
L03.8 

32.003 
120.29 

44.09 

79.07 

28.06 

150.2 

lis.  12 
87.52 
182.8 
125.2 

233 

18.12 

201.140 
239 
51.21 
184.0 

S9.(l 

173.2 
65.38 
90.7 


HYDROGEN=l. 


Symbol.     Clarke. 


Ag.. 

Al.. 

As. 

Au.. 

B  ... 

Ba.. 

Be.. 

Bi.. 

Br.. 

C.... 

Ca  . 

Cd  . 

CI  .. 
Co.. 
Cr.. 
Cs  . 
Cu.. 
Di.. 
Er  . 
F... 
Fe .. 
Ga.. 
Ge.. 
H... 
Hg. 
I  .... 
In.. 
Ir.. 
K  . 
La  . 
Li.. 

Mg. 

M  n . 
Mo. 

N... 
Na.. 

Ml. 
Ni.. 

<>.... 

Os   . 

p.... 

Pb  . 
Pd.. 
Pt.. 
Rb. 

Rh  . 
Ru  . 

S  ... 
Sb.. 
So... 
Se.. 
Si  .. 
Sm 

Sr.. 
Ta.. 


107.675 

27.0H9 
74.918 

190.155 

10.9  11 

130.7(13 

9.085 
207.523 
79.768 
11.9736 

39.990 

111.835 

140.424 

35.370 

58.887 

52.009 

132.5s:; 

03.173 

144.573 

105.891 

18.9-1 

55.913 

68.854 


1.(1000 

199.712 
1 13.3.  is 
113.398 

192.051 
39.019 

138.520 
7.007 

23.95!) 
53.900 
95.527 
14.021 
22.99S 

93.812 

57.92S 
15.903 

198.494 
30.9   • 

200,171 

105.737 

194.415 

85.251 

104.055 

Kil.217 

31.984 

119.955 
43.9SO 
78.707 
28.195 


Mover  & 
Seubert. 


107.66 

27.04 

71.9 
190.2 

10.9 
136.86 
9.08 
207.5 

79.70 

11.97 

39.91 
111.7 
141.2 

35.37 

58.6 

52.45 
132.7 

63.18 
145.0 
166. 

19.oo 

55.88 

09.9 

1.00 

199.8 

113.4 
113.4 
192.5 

39.03 
138.5 
7.ol 

23.94 

54.8 

95.9 

14.01 

22.995 

93.7 

58.6 

15.90 
195. 

3O.90 
206.39 

100.2 
194.34 

85.2 
104.1 
10.3.5 

31.98 

119.0 

43.97 
78.87 
28.0 


Te 
Th. 

Ti 
Tl  .. 

rj 

V  .. 

w 

Y... 
Yb 
Zn 
Zr. 


117.' 

87.374 
182.1  II 
127.901) 
233.414 

49  846 
203  715 
238.482- 

51.250 
183.610 

89.81C 
172.701 

64.9045 

89.367 


117.35 
87.3 
182. 
127.7 
231.96 
50.25 
203.7 
239.8 
51.1 

1-3.0 
89.6 

172 
04. ss 
90.4 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  109 

Out  of  66  elements  the  revisers  agree  on  29  to  the  tenth  place  of 
decimals,  differing  in  the  hundredth  place  only.  In  the  reclam- 
ing '-)!,  or  56  per  cent.,  the  differences  are  mure  or  less  great. 

The  increased  interest  in  these  re  determinations  of  atomic 
weights,  giving  fresh  data  for  calculation  and  enabling  us  to 
throw  off  some  of  the  burden  of  faulty  determinations,  gives 
promise  of  an  approximately  correct  table  in  the  near  future. 

I  cannot  close  without  adverting  to  the  speculations  of  some 
authors  as  to  the  question  whether  we  are  to  expect  these  atomic 
weights  to  be  fixed  quantities.      In  other  words, 

ARE    THE    ATOMIC    WEIGHTS    CONSTANT? 

This  question  Stas  proposed  to  himself,  before  starting  upon 
his  classic  work  on  the  atomic  weights.  The  conclusion  he  drew 
from  his  experiments  was  that  they  were  unchangeable.  The 
question  has  been  raised  again  by  Schiitzenberger  and  Butlerow.* 
Butlerow  does  not  doubt  the  results  obtained  by  Stas,  but  slig- 
hts that  under  changed  conditions  or  with  different  bodies  the 
results  might  have  been  otherwise. 

Of  course,  if  the  atomic  weights  are  not  constant,  the  law  of 
constant  proportions  is  without  support  and  must  be  given  up, 
and  this  would  necessitate  a  revolution  in  chemistry  as  a  science 
These  authors  suppose  the  range  of  variation  in  the  weights 
to  be  verv  slight,  yet  distinctly  to  be  detected  bv  analysis.  The 
theories  of  both  are  supported  by  analytical  data,  in  which  the 
authors  seem  to  place  the  utmost  confidence.  If  their  results 
art'  not  accurate,  the  variability  of  the  atomic  weights  stands 
unproven.  To  show  the  nature  of  their  experiments,  Sebelien 
quotes  from  Schutzenberger's  work  his  synthesis  of  water.  Ac- 
cording as  this  is  carried  out  with  copper  oxide,  at  red  heat,  or 
by  the  lowest  possible  temperature,  or  with   lead  chromate,  the 


*Bull.  de  la  Soc.  Chim.  de  Paris,  39,  258. 
*BulI.  de  la  Sue.  Chim.  de  Paris  39,  263. 

Cited  in  Zeitschrift  fur  Anal.  Chemie,  22,  640,  and  Sebelien.  Geschichte 
der  Atomgewichte,  5  I. 


110  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

relation  between  the  oxygen  and  hydrogen  varies  from  7.89  to 
7.98.  Or  again,  the  atomic  weight  of  iron,  determined  from 
the  nitrate,  he  finds  to  be  54.,  whilst  that  from  the  oxalate  is  56. 
He  found  also  that  carbon  dioxide  prepared  by  burning  pure 
carbon  at  a  high  temperature  contained  more  oxygen  than  that 
prepared,  by  means  of  carbon  monoxide,  from  organic  bodies. 

The  generality  of  chemists  will  be  more  apt,  I  think,  to  suppose 
the  analytical  work  of  these  investigators  faulty  than  to  accept 
their  conclusions  as  to  the  inconstancy  of  the  atomic  weights. 
Yet  the  matter  is  of  the  utmost  importance  and  should  be  de- 
cided with  as  great  freedom  from  preconceived  notions  as  possi- 
ble. It  is  a  question  exceedingly  difficult  to  decide  and  will  require 
great  nicety  and  accuracy  of  work.  Many  of  the  most  trusted 
leaders  of  work  and  thought  in  the  science  will  have  to  concur 
in  testimony  derived  from  their  own  experiments  before  any 
attempt  at  altering  the  science  to  suit  the  new  facts  will  be  made. 

We  must  not  say,  because  we  are  mentally  satisfied  with  the 
present  theories  and  dread  the  trouble  which  so  radical  a  change 
would  cause,  that  the  supposition  is  impossible  and  need  not  be 
considered. 

Butlerow  offers  three  possible  explanations  of  his  own  and 
Schutzeuberger's  observations : 

1.  The  absolute  amount  of  matter  has  been  increased  in  that 
the  so-called  force  or  energy  has  been  changed  into  matter. 

2.  The  absolute  amount  of  matter  is  unchanged,  but  its  weight 
is  increased  by  means  of  a  temporary  increase  in  the  intensity 
with  which  the  earth  attracts  matter. 

3.  The  weight  of  matter  is  not  increased  in  either  way,  but 
the  chemical  value  is  changed.  The  atomic  weight  of  carbon, 
for  instance,  may  be  temporarily  changed  from  12  to  11.8  and 
thus  the  saturation  capacity  of  carbon  raised  by  about  -£§.  The 
amount  of  carbonic  acid  made  from  the  same  amount  of  carbon 
would  thus  be  increased  and  would  be  richer  in  oxygen. 

The  first  two  suppositions  would  be  subversive  of  Natural 
Philosophy  generally.  The  last  would  simply  be  subversive  of 
Chemistry  as  now  systematized.     As  Sebelien  says,  we  must  give 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  Ill 

up,  under  the  third  supposition,  our  idea  of  atoms,  for  au  atom 
is  nothing  if  not  a  fixed  weight  of  something.  Vogel*  1ms 
also  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  atomic  weights  vary 
because  those  gotten  by  the  use  of  certain  compounds  differ 
throughout  from  those  derived  from  other  compounds.  By  this 
assumption  he  also  explains  the  cases  in  which  analyses  result  in 
a  sum  total  of  over  100  per  cent.  It  seems  much  more  plausi- 
ble to  explain  these  variations  on  the  ground  of  errors  of  analysis, 
constant  errors  of  method,  impurities  of  materials,  and  the  many 
other  difficulties  and  obstacles  which  a  chemist  meets  in  such 
work,  than  by  the  radical  assumption  of  an  inconstancy  in  the 
very  constants  on  which  the  science  is  founded  and  built  up. 

At  any  rate  until  much  more  proof  is  forthcoming  the  matter 
must  rest  in  abeyance. 


Contribution  from  N.  C.  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

No.  XVI I. 


OX  THE  CHANGE  IN  SUPERPHOSPHATES  WHEN 
THEY  ARE  APPLIED  TO  THE  SOIL. 


II.  B.  BATTLE. 


Without  discussing  at  this  time  the  value  of  the  soluble  phos- 
phoric acid  of  superphosphates  over  the  phosphoric  acid  of 
other  forms,  nor  of  the  exact  nature  of  the  so-called  reverted 
phosphoric  acid,  I  have  attempted  in  this  article  to  show  the 
change  that  takes  place  in  superphosphate-  when  they  are  ap- 
plied to  the  soil.  How  the  various  forms  of  phosphoric  acid, 
that  soluble  in  water,  that  insoluble  in  water,  and  that  insoluble 
in  the  standard  ammonium  citrate  solution,  all  are  affected  la- 
this application  ;  in   other   words,  when   agriculturally   the  acid 


•Nature,  Vol.  41,  |».  42. 
8 


112  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

phosphate  is  applied  to  the  field  the  original  phosphoric  acid 
com  pounds  of  the  phosphate  no  longer  remain  unaltered,  but 
rapidly  assume  other  forms  and  enter  into  new  combinations. 
Xor  will  any  special  discussion  be  entered  upon  as  to  the  exact 
chemical  compounds  which  are  formed  by  this  change,  beyond 
those  which  may  be  classified  under  the  general  heads  of  soluble, 
insoluble,  and  reverted  phosphates. 

That  superphosphates,  after  being  applied  to  the  soil,  when 
partly  dissolved  by  rains  are  not  leached  from  the  soil,  as  is  the 
case  with  some  soluble  compounds,  such  as  kainit  or  ammonia 
salts,  is  well  known.  H.  Von  Liebig*  has  shown  by  analysis 
of  the  soil  and  subsoil  at  Rothamsted  of  certain  plots  of  land 
which  had  received  350  pounds  of  superphosphate  per  acre 
yearly  for  a  period  of  22  years  that  in  the  first  nine  inches  of 
the  soil  three-fourths  of  the  total  amount  of  the  phosphoric 
acid  found  were  present;  in  the  next  nine  inches  the  remainder 
was  found  ;  while  below  this  no  appreciable  quantity  was  detected 
over  the  natural  contents  of  the  soil.  It  is  seen,  therefore,  that 
out  of  a  total  amount  of  nearly  40  tons  applied  to  the  acre  dur- 
ing these  years  none  of  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid  of  the  super- 
phosphate had  been  leached  or  diffused  below  a  depth  of  eighteen 
inches,  and  nearly  all  had  remained  less  than  a  foot  below  the 
surface.  From  the  result  of  this  examination  it  is  readily  seen 
that  the  soil  prevents  excessive  diffusion  of  the  soluble  phos- 
phoric acid  and  precipitates  it  by  the  action  of  some  of  its  com- 
ponent parts,  in  forming  less  soluble  compounds.  The  cause  of 
this  precipitation  is  due  to  the  presence  of  lime,f  also  to  the 
sesquioxides  of  iron  and  alumina, X  and  to  some  extent  silica  and 
silicious  matters. § 

The  precipitation  in  the  case  of  lime  salts  is  undeniably  fast; 
so  much  so  that  Wagner^f  thinks  that  is  so  great  that  no  diffu- 
sion of  any  kind  can  exist.     While  this  may  be  true  of  soils 


*Journal  Royal  Agricultural  Society,  17,  1881,  281. 
fVoelcker,  Journ.  Roy.  Ag.  Soc,  16,  1,  153. 
JMillot,  Jour.  d'Ag.  Prat.,  '74,  1,  166. 
gColson,  Bull,  de  la  Soc.  Chem.,  '80,  p.  153. 
^[Lehrbuch  der  Duiingerfabrikation,  '87,  63. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY. 


113 


where  the  content  of  carbonate  of  lime  is  exceptionally  high, 
still  with  such  soils  as  those  containing  only  a  fraction  of  a  per 
cent,  it  is  not  likely  that  the  action  is  nearly  as  great,  unless  it 
is  due  to  other  causes. 

The  precipitation  does  not  take  place  till  the  acid  phosphate 
is  dissolved  l>y  the  rain  or  soil  moisture,  and  so  conies  in  more 
intimate  contact  with  the  various  soil  particles.  This  explains 
the  fact  that  the  action  of  superphosphates  is  more  apt  to  be 
feeble  in  dry  weather  than  at  any  other  time.  In  some  instances 
particles  of  acid  phosphate,  after  having  been  in  the  soil  for  six- 
weeks  of  continuous  dry  weather,  have  been  examined  and  have 
been  found  acid  and  unchanged. 

The  following  experiments  are  cited  to  illustrate  the  action  of 
various  soils  on  superphosphates.  The  original  calculations  are 
further  extended  so  as  to  be  more  comparable  one  with  the  other: 

I.  Voelcker,  in  I860,*  showed  that  every  soil,  without  excep- 
tion, acts  at  once  on  the  superphosphate  as  soon  as  it  comes  in 
contact  with  the  moist  surface.  He  experimented  with  various 
descriptions  of  soils,  using  in  each  case,  however,  a  very  large 
excess  of  water.  To  12  oz.  soil  were  added  109.24  grains  or 
nearly  J  oz.  of  superphosphate  (containing  40.6  grains  soluble 
phosphate)  dissolved  in  1J  pints  of  water;  or  to  12  oz.  of  soil 
nearly  J  oz.  soluble  phosphate  was  used;  equivalent  to  1  part 
of  soluble  phosphate  to  100  parts  of  soil.  With  these  amounts 
he  obtained  the  following  results  (Table  1): 


TABLE  I. 

SHOWING  ACTION  OF  SOILS  OX  srPERPHOSPHATES-VOELCKER'S  RESULTS. 


SOILS. 

Containing  per 

cent.  <  >xide  Iron 

and  Alumina. 

Containing  per 

cent.  Carbonate 

Lime. 

In  24  hours  were 

precipitated  of 

the  Dissolved 

Phosphate  (con- 
taining 40.6 
grai 

1.  Red  Loamy 

6.10 
7.54 

17.38 
7.85 

12.16 

1 .22 

67.50 

L.02 

2.08 

.15 

24.29  grns. 
31.40    " 

'.  I  lalcareous 

:;.  stiff  ('lav  Subsoil 

i9.:$o    " 

1.  Stiff  Clay  Surface 

■3 1.7,1     •• 

•ji.it;    " 

*Cited  by  H.  von  Liel.ig,  Roy.  Ag.  Soc,  19,  1,  p.  283. 


114  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

Prof.  Nessler,  with  loamy  soil  containing  18  per  cent,  of  car- 
bonate of  lime,  but  with  3.4  times  as  much  superphosphate  (or 
1  part  soluble  phosphate  with  30  of  soil),  obtained  like  results. 

We  notice  from  the  above  table:  1st.  That  lime  causes  pre- 
cipitation more  than  any  other  element  in  the  soil,  for  with  the 
largest  content  of  carbonate  of  lime  we  have  the  greatest  pre- 
cipitation;  2d.  Nothing  definite  can  be  said  in  regard  to  the 
precipitative  power  of  the  oxides  of  iron  and  alumina,  for  in 
mixture  1,  with  a  per  cent,  of  6.10,  the  precipitation  is  24.29, 
while  in  3,  with  a  content  of  iron  and  alumina  nearly  three 
times  as  great,  the  precipitation  is  actually  less.  The  same  can 
be  said  of  mixtures  4  and  5,  though  in  a  less  degree. 

In  these  experiments,  however,  a  very  large  excess  of  water 
was  used.  While  in  the  soil  merely  moistening  would  be  the 
actual  condition,  we  have  here  a  volume  of  water  about  three 
times  that  of  the  soil.  It  is  impossible,  therefore,  to  approxi- 
mate by  these  experiments  the  real  action  on  the  phosphate  by 
the  soil;  we  must  necessarily  have  a  much  smaller  quantity  of 
water  for  the  experimental  mixing. 

II.  Wagner,  in  1877,*  records  the  following  experiments. 
In  these  the  amount  of  water  is  much  smaller  than  the  forego- 
ing, and  much  uearer  represents  what  might  actually  be  said  to 
take  place  in  the  soil : 

Twenty-five  grams  bone  ash  superphosphate,  containing  ex- 
actly 5  grams  soluble  phosphoric  acid,  was  mixed  with  60  grams 
air  dry  clay  soil,  containing  5.11  per  cent,  carbonate  of  lime,  and 
6cc.  water.  After  24  hours  in  a  closed  vessel  it  lost  2.725 
grams  phosphoric  acid:  100  parts  of  soil  absorbed,  therefore, 
under  these  conditions,  4.81  grams  phosphoric  acid.  In  like 
manner  other  results  were  obtained,  which  I  have  recorded  in 
Table  II. 


*Lehrbuch  der  Duungerfabrikation,  p.  69. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY. 


115 


TABLE  II. 

SHOWING  ACTION  OF  SOILS  ON  SUPERPHOSPHATES- WAGNERS  RESULTS 


50 

E 

g  Sol- 
os. 
ams. 

GO 

1  has  per 
ent.  Carbo- 
ate  Lime. 

o 

I 

a 

5 

f  Soil 
Sol. 

•id. 

O  tD 

ontiiinin 
uble  IMi 
Acid,  gi 

s 

5: 

c: 

C   s- 

I  = 

c  ° 

=  So 

*  — 

-  En 

-  C    Ij 

-  /.   c 

— ^:^: 

'o 

•5oc 

MJ3 

£-< 

o<£- 

x 

o 

X 

02 

H 

O 

r— ' 

1. 

■J.-. 

5 

60 

.',.11 

24 

2.72* 

4.81* 

■1. 

25 

5 

60 

5.11 

3 

2.92 

L87 

3. 

51 

10 

30 

23.71 

48 

7.35 

24.50 

4. 

51 

10 

30 

23.71 

:; 

7.10 

23.66 

5. 

25 

5 

60 

23.71 

3 

4.66 

7.7.-, 

In  order  better  to  compare  the  above  results,  I  have  calculated 
the  following  (Table  III): 


TABLE  III. 

SHOWING  FINAL  ACTION  IN  TABLE  II. 


G  '/'  — 

/  a 

0)  c  0 

a  — • 

-  —  X 

le  I'll 

1  |08< 

cent. 

betw 
ible  1 
1  and 

Z   D 

-Q~    U 

-X 

~   u   CP 

—  <!a 

0 
X 

300 

~X«J 

1. 

54.40* 

1:  12 

2. 

58.40 

1  :  12 

3. 

73.50 

1  :    3 

4. 

71.00 

1  :    3 

5. 

93.20 

1  :  12 

The  observations  that  can  be  drawn  from  these  experiment- 
give  nearly  the  same  results  noticed  in  the  experiments  of 
Voelcker,  viz. : 

1st.  That  presence  of  lime  in  the  soil  causes  rapid  precipita- 
tion of  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid  of  the  superphosphates. 

2d.  The  larger  the  content  of  lime  the  greater  is  the  action. 

3d.  That  the  duration  of  action  increases  the  amount  precipi- 
tated, and 

4th.  The  increase  of  the  amount  of  the  soil,  where  the  super- 
phosphate remains  the  same,  naturally  increases  the  precipitation, 
just  as  the  increase  of  the  content  of  lime  in  the  soil  would  so 
increase  it;  for  in  each  case  the  superphosphate  is  brought  in 
contact  with  a  larger  amount  of  lime. 


♦The  results  here  recorded  contain  a  mistake  which  was  noticed  in  the  original  cal- 
culations; so  in  the  comparison  mixture  1  mn.-t  be  omitted. 


116  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

To  illustrate  these  results:  A  given  quantity  of  soluble  phos- 
phoric acid  is  brought  in  contact  with  a  moist  soil  containing 
5.11  calcium  carbonate;  after  three  hours  58.40  per  cent,  of  the 
phosphoric  acid  is  precipitated.  The  same  quantify  of  soluble 
phosphoric  acid  is  next  mixed  with  the  same  quantity  as  before 
of  a  moist  soil  containing  4J  times  as  much  calcium  carbonate. 
The  precipitation  now  amounts  to  93.20  per  cent,  after  three 
hours  have  elapsed,  due,  without  much  doubt,  to  the  increased 
amount  of  lime  in  the  mixture.  Next  the  same  quantity  of 
soluble  phosphoric  acid  is  mixed  with  J  of  the  quantity  of  the 
soil  of  the  last  mixture,  and  after  three  hours  71.00  per  cent. 
phosphoric  acid  is  found  to  be  precipitated;  and  by  continuing 
the  action  after  48  hours  73.50  per  cent,  is  precipitated,  showing 
that  the  amount  of  the  soil  and  the  time  of  contact  are  also 
potent  factors  in  the  precipitation. 

From  these  experiments  we  see  that  so  far  as  lime  soils  are 
concerned  the  precipitation  takes  place,  and  takes  place  rapidly, 
when  sufficient  moisture  is  present  to  insure  perfect  contact.  But 
how  is  it  in  regard  to  other  soils — for  many  localities  soils 
abounding  in  lime,  such  as  the  above  experimental  soils,  are 
most  rare?  And  indeed  many  of  our  soils  are  sadly  deficient 
in  this  most  useful  of  ingredients.  Does  iron  and  alumina  act 
in  the  same  manner,  and  does  the  presence  of  organic  matter  or 
other  ingredients  alter  this  action?  And  to  what  extent  will  this 
action  continue  after  the  lapse  of  time?  These  and  other  ques- 
tions will  be  discussed  in  the  following  investigation. 

It  was  endeavored  as  far  as  possible  in  the  following  experi- 
ments to  imitate  nature's  action  on  the  addition  of  superphos- 
phates to  the  soil,  and  to  retain  the  best  conditions  for  obtaining 
strictly  accurate  analytical  results.  The  disadvantage  which  one 
meets  with  at  the  first  step  in  pursuing  such  investigation  is  the 
impossibility  of  having  these  natural  conditions,  even  in  ca>es 
where  extreme  care  is  taken ;  at  best  we  can  only  approximate 
them.  All  of  the  conditions  cannot  be  complied  with  :  the  effect 
of  the  frost,  the  rains  and  snow  with  the  dissolved  carbonic  acid, 
the  heat  of  the  day  and  the  cold  of  the  nights;  the  variation 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  117 

from  the  dry  to  the  moist  condition  of  the  soil,  all  or  nearly  all 
have  to  be  partially  neglected  and  only  in  a  crude  way  can  thev 
be  imitated. 

And  again,  the  proportion  of  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid  of 
the  superphosphate  to  the  quantity  of  the  soil  in  the  experiment 
cannot  be  made  to  agree  with  that  in  nature;  this  also,  in  a  gen- 
eral way,  must  be  approximated. 

The  result,  when  reached,  will  express  at  least  not  absolute 
but  relative  results. 

The  plan  pursued  was  to  mix  an  acid  phosphate  with  soils  of 
different  composition,  and  to  observe  by  analysis  the  changes 
resulting  from  such  a  mixture  after  the  lapse  of  time.  The  main 
difficulty  experienced  in  the  outset  was  that  of  procuring  iden- 
tical portions  for  analyses.  One  large  heap  mixed  in  the  proper 
proportions  and  sampled  at  stated  times  would  not  answer  the 
conditions;  for  the  sampling  itself  might  not  contain  the  proper 
quantity  of  the  soil  and  fertilizer,  and  so  prove  a  fruitful  source 
of  error. 

The  difficulty  was  met  by  mixing  at  the  same  time  many  little 
heaps  in  the  same  proportion  and  in  such  quantity  that  the  whole 
heap  could  be  analyzed  at  stated  intervals. 

The  details  of  the  experiments  were  as  follows: 

A.  The  acid  phosphate  used  was  freshly  prepared  from  S.  C. 
Rock,  carefully  ground  to  pass  a  60  mesh  seive,  and  carefully 
mixed.  Its  analysis  (using  the  method  of  Official  Agricultural 
Chemist  for  1886-'87,  where  the  insoluble  phosphate  is  treated 
for  30  minutes  at  a  temperature  of  65°  C,  shaking  at  intervals 
of  5  minutes)  resulted  as  follows  (Table  IV): 

TABLE  IV. 

ANALYSIS  OF  ACID  PHOSPHATE. 


Moisture. 


Total  Phos.  Acid. 


Sol.  Phos.  Acid. 


Insol.  Phos.  Acid. 


,      .        I '.v  fusion 15.26  Assoc.  Method 12.63  Assoc.  Method 0.92 

By  Assoc.  Method...  L5.29  Vssoe.  Method 12.82  Assoc.  Method 0.87 

I     Average 15.27      Average 12.72      Average I 


B.  The  soils  chosen  were  four  in  number  and  of  varied  char- 
acter.    The  original  field  sample  was  air  dried,  crushed  with  the 


118 


JOURNAL   OF   THE 


hand  and  put  through  a  60  mesh  sieve.  The  fine  earth  (that 
passed  the  sieve)  alone  was  used  in  the  analysis  and  experi- 
ments.    (See  Table  V). 

The  names  of  the  varieties  of  soils  below  were  given  as  sug- 
ted    by  Boussingault,*  dependent  on  actual  contents  of  the 
various  ingredients,  and   were  : 

1.  Sandy,  with  little  Clay. 

2.  Stiff  Clav. 

4.  Sandy,  with  Humus. 

5.  Clayey  Sand. 

table  v. 

SHOWING  ANALYSES  OF  SOIL- 


V 

Variety  of  Soils. 

3 

c5 

u 

OS 

o 

--- 

6 

CM 

CM  r* 

C-5 

ID 

o 

z  w 

- 

d 

0j 

O 

tJ3 

— 

5 

CM 

O 

CM 

at 

— 

c 

D 
36.11 

63.89 

w 

> 

GO 

0.478 

fe 

O 
.260 

.108 

X 

.039 

M 
.100 

.158 

r* 

1.520 

2.797 

91.220 

3.845 

100.095 

•J.  Stiff  Clav 

20.75 

79.25 

5.975 

4.752 

58.955 

0.204 

28.125 

.830 

.625 

.062 

.050 

.004 

99.882 

Sandy — Humus 

4.73 

95.27 

15.160 

18.840 

63.370 

.048 

1.795 

.470 

.077 

.070 

.Kil 

99.931 

II.Cll 

99.40 

6.497 

7.S97 

76.220 

.118 

8.275 

.425 

.ins 



.3!  Ml 

.154 

100.084 

Each  mixture  consisted  of  1  gram  acid  phosphate  and  4  grams 
of  the  soil,  and  was  carefully  and  thoroughly  intermixed  and 
stirred  to  a  thick  paste,  by  the  addition  of  a  few  cubic  centime- 
tres of  distilled  water.  A  short  glass  rod  was  used  for  this  pur- 
pose, which  was  allowed  to  remain  in  the  mixture.  The  vessel 
containing  the  mixture  was  a  small  cylindrical  glass  jar,  50  mm. 
in  diameter  and  62  mm.  high.  Sixty-four  of  these  mixtures, 
representing  sixteen  sets  of  each  of  the  four  varieties  of  soils, 
were  prepared  at  the  same  time,  each  containing  1  gram  of  acid 
phosphate  and  4  grams  of  soil.  Each  of  the  jars,  covered  with 
a  small  glass  plate,  was  placed  on  one  of  a  series  of  shelves  in  a 
covered  wooden  box  about  12  inches  square  aud  12  inches  high. 

A  thermometer  inserted  in  the  box  registered  a  mean  temper- 
ature of  20°  C. ;  the  extreme  variation  during  the  whole  time, 
'11  weeks,  was  18°-24°,  which  was  about  the  heat  of  the  work- 
ing laboratory. 


*Rural  Economy,  Translated  by  Law,  p.  226. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  119 

Four  of  these  portions,  representing  each  of  the  above  soils, 
were  analyzed  immediately  after  mixing,  four  were  analyzed  two 
days  after,  four  three  days  after,  one  week  after,  and  so  on.  At 
the  end  of  every  week  the  contents  of  each  of  the  vessels  were 
stirred,  and  again  moistened  if  at  all  dry. 

In  analyzing,  the  whole  mixture,  consisting  of  5  grams,  was 
treated  with  water  and  washed  till  no  longer  acid  for  the  deter- 
mination of  phosphoric  acid,  then  digested  with  lOOce.  neutral 
ammonium  citrate  (S.  G.=1.09)  for  30  minutes  at  a  temperature 
of  65°  C. ;  and  continuing  according  to  the  Association  Method, 
referred  to  above,  for  the  insoluble  phosphoric  acid,  with  some 
slight  modification  made  necessary  by  the  larger  bulk  of  the 
materials.  The  total  phosphoric  acid  of  course  remains  the  same 
throughout. 

Allowing  -|  of  the  acid  phosphate  to  be  soluble  phosphoric  acid, 
we  see  that  the  ratio  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid  bore  to  the  soil  was 
in  the  experiments,  1  to  32;  i.  e.,  for  every  part  of  the  soluble 
phosphoric  acid  in  the  mixture  there  existed  32  parts  of  the  soil ; 
a  mixture  more  nearly  representing  nature  than  is  recorded  in 
the  experiments  of  Wagner,  where  the  rati')  was  1  :  3  and  1:12. 

(In  the  table  (Table  VI)  the  corrected  percentages  of  insolu- 
ble phosphoric  acid  are  given,  which  were  obtained  by  subtracting 
from  the  insoluble  phosphoric  acid  found  in  the  mixture  the 
per  cent,  of  phosphoric  acid  previously  found  in  the  different 
soils. 


9 


120 


JOURNAL    OF    THE 


or. 

H 
< 
B 

fa 
* 
O 

E 

- 

■■ 

w 
•S 

Z 

© 

- 

c 

w 

fa 
c 

H 

- 

fa 
fa 
fa 

fa 

a 

H 
z 

0 

m 

m 

I 

a 


'snaQM  tz 

t-  iC  >c 

|H  M  SS 

— 

t~-*  CO 

— . '0  ■ 
x    "  id 

sc  n  -m 

X   S3  IC 

•sj|38 w  81 

HON 
CC      '   X 

1 

:  i  i  -  « 
X  I-  CO 

r— • 

I—  i-  — 

C  i"  r- 

iC  i*  t— 
r~  t-  t— 

fa 


02 

o 


02 
J 

i— » 

o 

02 

w 


-J 


fa 
fa 


|    '.r  2  pH 
•s^aoA\  tl        a  ":  2 


01   X  t- 

-i  -i  d 


X  N  I  - 


•sJiaa.w  01 


dm; 


—  .-  x 
x  co  i  - 

oi  ri  —; 


Si  cc  ic 

-r.  i-  x 

d    '  ri 


CC  c£  x 
»  O  CO 

id  i-<  x' 


•SJ139A\   8 


C  3!  x 
::  :i  r.      I     r-<     '  ec 


01 

— 


•8>J30A\   I 


cc  -  iC 
-f  =  I- 

t~  — «  cd     I    co  oi  oi 


x  x  — •     r     co  oo  « 
i-  cc  ec     I     cm  oo  so 


■s>jaaAV  9 


I 


O  COtJ( 

iaax 


x  cc  to 

■^   E5  CO 


—  m  -: 
t— iO  c 


t-  x  i- 


~  S  "I 
CO  ~i  ~ 


~r  - i  T 
-r  cq  — 

fa    '  ec 


rs  c  x 

Tjl    C~.    X 


X  --T   CO 

CC  X  z. 


•sspaAV  t   I    'd'"ri 


I-  X   Tl 
—  Ol  X 

fa  oi  x 


—  —  01 

i—  CO  i.O 


■d>iaaA\  S 


ioom  ;r/.i- 

xi---       1     i—  —  — 

>#  fa  ci 


r;  CO  i:      I     x  co  t- 

—  CC  I         t—  d 


•s>ieoAV  Z 


M  iC   ~ 

-&  a  o 


d  oi  fa 


it  —  — «     I     i—  i— ■  os 

r—    ^    lO         I        L.0    '^    O 


"*    X    Ifl 


r-  co  r~ 
p-<  Oi-; 

d  — 3  fa 


■n  i-  r 

t~   LO     C3 


—.    "^   "t 

CJ      '  i.O 


•>Ai:,l  g 


_  rr  CO  — .  x  -r 

t^  oi  o      I     oi     '  r-i 


—  o:  ro 


S.VVQ  6 


—  t—  r; 

7i  -  — 


—  —  r- 

C3  r-  r-i 


•J  c  .-> 
Ol  Ci  i— 

d    '^ 


■dOUQ  IV 


■   -M  -* 

r:oo 


-r  ct  x 

r-OOM 


co  — .  • : 
oi  —  r^ 


•feuixijtf  e.iojag 


i--  x  o 

I     oi  d  -* 


oi  —  -; 
t-  x  -: 

oi  d  r-3 


M  C3  w 
1-  X  ■- 


r  ic  N 

C  t~  uo 

oi     '  oi 


Ol  c:  ^ 
t^  x  w 

ri  d  r-i 


< 

02 


-    -    /. 

<  /£ 


-  _  i, 
r-as 


-  2  i 


o  c  ® 


<;  x  ^_ 


—  :.  v. 


— —  i. 
-it 


>> 


x 


02 


X 


O 


■ci 


X 


^3 
72 

— 

o 


fa 
r 

fa 
o 

a 
fa 

M 

z 

o 

fa 
z 
o 

- 

z 

H 

z 

fa 


fa 

0 

fc. 

w 

fa 
fa 
fa 
fa 

fa 


3 
z 

BO 

a 


fa 
a 


> 

fa 

fa 

« 

Eh 


02 

< 

02 

fa 

o 

fa 
fa 


01  l-  X 

y.  i  -  c 


—  ro  = 

X  r-   CO 


::  —  - 
—  v.  £ 


—  -r  -r 
iC  —   — 


~\  ■-  r. 
—  r.  oc 


01  C  iO 
05   r.  — 


oi    '  i-! 


—  iO   x 
x  c  CO 


1-  t~  CO 
X  l~  ^ 


r?  O".  i- 

Tf"    ^    !— 

oi     '  oi 


-f  -  -r 
x  -^  t~ 


oi  —  .: 

I-  X   c 

N  d  — ' 


— '  '3  J. 

■-<.  z 

-  .  _= 

—  •/.  ~ 

"  z  — ' 

i.  -  — 

ZZ.    Cv 

_  /.  r 

^£fa 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY. 


121 


CHART  I. 

THE  PRECIPITATION  OF  THE  SOLUBLE  PHOSPHORIC  ACID  OF  A  HIGH  GRADE 
ACID  PHOSPHATE  (CONTAINING  12.72  PER  CENT.  SOLUBLE  PHOSPHORIC  ACID) 
DUE  TO  THE  ACTION  OF  FOUR  VARIETIES  OF  MOIST  SOIL,  FOR  A  PERIOD 
OF  27  WEEKS. 


122  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

Thinking  that  the  wetting  itself  might  have  some  effect  on  the 
acid  phosphate,  a  parallel  line  of  experiments  were  carried  on  to 
ascertain  if  any  change  was  due  to  this  cause  alone  The  same 
quantity  (1  grm.)  of  acid  phosphate  was  used  as  in  the  above 
experiment  with  the  result  as  indicated  in  Table  VII. 

"We  see  from  this  table  that  the  change  due  to  the  mere  wet- 
ting of  the  acid  phosphate  may  be  said  to  be  practically  nothing, 
and,  therefore,  that  the  change  in  the  content  of  the  different 
forms  of  phosphoric  acid  when  the  superphosphate  is  applied  to 
moist  soils  is  due  entirely  to  the  action  of  the  soil  upon  them. 

In  order  better  to  compare  the  results  I  insert  a  graphic  chart 
(Chart  I)  representing  the  variation  of  soluble  phoshoric  acid 
clue  to  the  action  of  moisture  alone  on  the  acid  phosphate,  and 
to  the  action  of  the  four  varieties  of  moist  soil,  for  the  whole 
period  of  27  weeks.     (See  page  121). 

The  first  noticeable  effect  is  the  immediate  precipitation  of  a 
portion  of  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid  in  all  the  soils,  except  the 
one  containing  a  large  quantity  of  organic  matter,  varying  in 
amount  in  the  various  soils  according  to  their  composition,  even 
to  the  extent  of  changing  while  in  the  course  of  analysis.  Tiiat 
further  on  the  precipitation  proceeds  gradually,  increasing  as 
time  goes  on.  It  will  be  noticed  in  soil  1  for  the  4th  week  and 
soil  3  for  the  5th  week  and  6th  week  a  variation  from  this 
gradual  increase  occurs.  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  some  out- 
side influence,  such  as  the  fumes  of  the  laboratory  or  incomplete 
washing,  may  have  caused  this  variation,  though  oscillation  simi- 
lar to  this  has  been  noticed  in  the  reversion  of  superphosphates 
by  Phillips,*  and  also  Post,f  quoted  by  Phillips.  It  is  to  be 
regretted  that  duplicate  determinations  could  not  have  been  made 
in  order  to  settle  this  point. 

It  is  plainly  noticeable  that  the  greatest  precipitation  occurs 
from  contact  with  the  soil  containing  the  largest  amount  of  iron 
and  alumina,  and  the  smallest  precipitation  with  the  soil  with 
least  iron  and  alumina.     For  example,  in  soil  3,  where  the  cou- 


*Journal  Mitchell  Soc,  I,  p.  57 
fChem.  Indus.,  '82,  p.  217. 


ELLS  HA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY. 


123 


tent  of  sesquioxides  of  iron  and  alumina  (the  iron  here  is  really 
present  as  the  protoxide)  is  only  1.795  per  cent.,  the  total  pre- 
cipitation during  the  whole  period  of  27  weeks  is  the  slightest ;  that 
is,  only  4.05  percent,  soluble  phosphoric  acid  (in  this  case,  how- 
ever, other  ingredients  exert  their  influences,  as  will  be  discussed 
later),  corresponding  to  31.69  per  cent,  of  the  total  soluble  phos- 
phoric acid  present.  In  soil  1,  containing  the  next  highest  con- 
tent of  iron  and  alumina  (3.845  percent.),  the  total  precipitation 
is  7.55  per  cent,  soluble  phosphoric  acid,  corresponding  to  59.30 
per  cent,  of  the  total  soluble  phosphoric  acid.  In  soil  4,  with 
the  third  higher  content  of  iron  and  alumina  (8.275  per  cent.), 
the  precipitation  is  8.89  percent.,  or  69.90  per  cent,  of  the  whole 
soluble  phosphoric  acid  originally  present.  And  lastly,  in  the 
soil  containing  the  largest  amount  of  iron  and  alumina  (28.125 
per  cent.)  the  precipitation  amounts  to  11.17  per  cent,  for  the 
whole  period,  corresponding  to  as  much  as  87.81  percent,  of  the 
whole  soluble  phosphoric  acid  originally  present.  By  referring 
to  Table  VIII  this  change  can  more  readilv  be  seen. 

TABLE  VIII. 

SHOWING  TOTAL  PRECIPITATION  OF  SOLUBLE  PHOSPHORIC  ACID  DURING 

27  WEEKS  WITH  VARIOUS  Soil.-. 


SOILS. 

Containing  Iron 

and  Alumina, 

per  cent-. 

Total  Precipitation 

of  Sol.  Phos.  Acid, 

per  cents. 

Equivalent   to  Pre- 
cipitation of  whole 
Sol.  Phos.  Acid, 

per  cents. 

.'}.  Sandy,  with  Humus 

1.795 

3.845 

8.275 

28.125 

1  05 
7.55 

8.89 
11.17 

::1.69 

1.  Sandy,  with  Little  Clay 

\.  <  llayey  Sn  1 1 •  1 

59.36 
69.90 

2.  sen  Clay 

87.81 

As  was  referred  to  above  in  the  case  of  soil  3,  the  precipitation 
is  slight,  due  no  doubt,  1st,  to  the  small  amount  of  iron  and 
alumina  present,  but  principally  to  the  large  content  of  organic 
matter  present  in  the  soil.  The  presence  here  of  the  organic 
matter,  and  the  formation  of  organic  acid,  retards  the  decompo- 
sition of  the  soluble  phosphate  and  consequently  the  change  to 
the  precipitated  form. 

Let  us  now  look  at  the  effect  of  the  soils  on  the  acid  phosphate 
in  regard  to  the  insoluble  phosphoric  acid.  With  soils  1  and  4 
there  has  been  no  change  in  the  insoluble  from  the  beginning  to 
the  end  of  the  period;  or  if  any  exists  it  is  slight  and  within  the 


124  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

limits  of  variation  in  analytical  work.  With  soil  3,  which  con- 
tains the  largest  percentage  of  organic  matter,  we  notice  a 
decrease  of  insoluble  phosphoric  acid  which,  though  slight,  is 
decided.  This  important  result  is  due  undoubted  1  v  to  the  presence 
of  vegetable  matter.  It  has  been  seen  that  organic  matter  pic- 
vents  the  decomposition  of  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid.  Now 
we  see  that  another  result  is  reached  which  is  much  more  im- 
portant; for  the  organic  acids  when  formed  actually  act  on  the 
insoluble  phosphoric  acid  present  in  the  fertilizer,  effect  its 
decomposition,  thus  rendering  it  available  to  the  plant,  or  it  may 
be  that  by  so  preventing  the  precipitation  of  soluble  phosphoric 
acid  it  furnishes  the  soluble  with  the  means  of  acting  on  the 
undecomposed  tricalcic  phosphate  to  render  it  soluble  in  ammo- 
nium citrate.  I  am  inclined  to  the  former  supposition  ;  in  either 
case  the  effect  is  the  same. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  regard  to  soil  2  with  the  large  percentage 
of  iron  and  alumina  the  effect  is  just  the  reverse,  for  the  presence 
of  much  ferric  oxide  and  alumina  renders  some  of  the  phosphoric 
acid  originally  available  to  the  plants  useless  for  such  purposes, 
because  some  of  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid  is  changed  to  the 
insoluble.  This  reversion  has  indeed  gone  on  till  at  the  end  of 
the  27th  week  it  amounts  to  2.15  per  cent.,  or,  in  other  words, 
16.90  per  cent,  of  the  whole  soluble  phosphoric  acid  originally 
present  has  been  converted  into  the  insoluble  form.  This  is  due, 
I  think,  to  the  formation,  with  the  large  excess  of  ferric  oxide 
and  alumina  in  the  soil,  of  basic  phosphate  of  iron  and  alumina, 
which  is,  as  stated  by  A.  Millot,*  not  soluble  iu  ammonium 
citrate  at  H5°  C,  as  is  the  case  with  the  normal  phosphate. 

The  reverted  phosphoric  acid  in  the  above  series,  embodying 
as  it  does  the  phosphoric  acid  soluble  only  in  ammonium  ci- 
trate, combines  the  change  which  has  taken  place  in  the  soluble 
phosphoric  acid  by  which  a  part  is  rendered  insoluble  in  water, 
and  also  the  change,  if  any,  by  which  the  phosphoric  acid  insolu- 
ble in  ammonium  citrate  has  become  soluble  in  that  liquid; 
consequently  it  is  of  much  interest,  and  attention  is  called  to  it. 


*Bnll.  de  la  Soc.  Chim.,  1880,  p.  98. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY. 


125 


In  the  foregoing  experiments  the  quantity  of  soil  is  constant ; 
i.  e.,  32  times  the  content  of  soluble  phosphoric  acid  in  the  super- 
phosphate. It  was  thought  desirable  to  ascertain  if  by  increas- 
ing the  quantity  of  soil  the  precipitation  would  be  correspond- 
ingly increased,  and  to  what  extent  this  would  take  place. 

Soil  Xo.  2,  with  28.125  per  cent,  ferric  oxide  and  alumina, 
was  taken  for  these  experiments,  because  the  change  in  soluble 
phosphoric  acid  would  be  more  marked  on  account  of  the  larger 
content  of  ferric  oxide  and  alumina  than  in  either  of  the  other 
three. 

The  same  acid  phosphate  was  taken.  The  mixtures  were  made 
in  t he  same  way  as  previously  but  in  different  proportions,  and 
analyzed  after  seven  weeks. 

Mixture  A.  —  1  gram  acid  phosphate  to  4  grams  soil  Xo.  2  (as 
in  previous  series),  corresponding  therefore  to  1  part  soluble 
phosphoric  acid  to  32  parts  soil. 

Mixture  B. — J  gram  acid  phosphate  to  3  grams  soil,  corre- 
sponding thus  to  1  part  soluble  phosphoric  acid  to  96  parts  soil. 

Mixture  C. — \  gram  acid  phosphate  to  4  grams  soil,  corre- 
sponding therefore  to  1  part  soluble  phosphoric  acid  to  128 
parts  soil. 

Mixture  D.  —\  gram  acid  phosphate  to  6  grams  soil,  corre- 
sponding to  1  part  soluble  phosphoric  acid  to  192  parts  soil. 

The  results  obtained  are  recorded  in  Table  IX,  in  which  the 
percentages  of  insoluble  phosphoric  acid  arc  corrected  by  sub- 
tracting the  quantity  of  phosphoric  acid  present  in  the  varying 
amounts  of  the  soil. 

TABLE  IX. 

SHOWING  ACTION  OF  VARYING  QUANTITIES  OF  SOIL  No.  2  (WITH  28.12:.  PER 
CENT.  OF  FE2'»3  AND  AL2r>3)  ON  ACID  PHOSPHATE  (WITH  12.72  PER  CENT 
BOLUBLE  PHOSPHORIC  ACID  AND 0.89  PER  CENT.  LNSOLUBLE  PHOSPHORIC 
\<  il>)  AT  THE  END  OF  SEVEN  WEEK8. 


Mixture. 

Ratio    Sol.    Pho.s. 
Acid  to  Soil. 

Actual   per  cent. 

Sol.  Phos.  Acid 

Fjound. 

Total 
Precipitation. 

Actual    per  cent. 
Insol.  Phos. 
Acid  Found. 

A 
B 

1  :  ::_' 
1  :  96 
1  :  128 
1  :  192 

:;  1! 

'Ml 

i' 

2.39 

D 

3.24 

9.44 

126  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

Here  we  see  that  the  increase  of  the  amount  of  soil  increases 
the  total  precipitation,  and  increases  also  the  amount  of  phos- 
phoric acid  rendered  insoluble  by  the  formation  of  basic  phos- 
phate of  iron  and  alumina.  The  results  are  as  would  be  ex- 
pected in  regard  to  the  increase,  but  as  to  the  amount  of  the 
increase  the  results  are  somewhat  surprising. 

For  here,  when  the  quantity  of  soil  is  three  times  what  it 
was  in  the  first  experiment,  the  precipitation  is  only  0.14  per 
cent,  greater  in  phosphoric  acid;  and  with  6  times  as  much  soil 
the  total  precipitation  is  only  0.30  per  cent.  And  again,  where  the 
soil  is  four  times  greater,  the  insoluble  phosphoric  acid  remains 
practically  the  same;  and  with  six  times  as  much  soil  gives  an 
increase  of  only  0.18  per  cent,  phosphoric  acid.  Results  like 
these,  where  would  be  expected  a  greater  increase,  seem  to  be 
anomalous. 

Probably  the  only  rational  explanation  which  can  be  given  is 
the  following :  When  the  superphosphate  comes  into  intimate  con- 
tact with  the  soil  the  particles  of  the  former  are  surrounded  by 
larger  masses  of  the  latter.  Each  separate  particle  of  the  phos- 
phate, therefore,  must  be  mingled  with  numerous  particles  of 
the  soil,  so  that  the  soil  particles  touch  it  at  all  possible  points, 
The  number  of  the  soil  particles  is  of  course  limited  by  their 
fineness,  and  it  can  be  easily  seen  that  the  number  can  be  fixed; 
or,  iu  other  words,  that  a  given  particle  of  acid  phosphate  can 
only  come  in  contact  with  a  limited  number  of  given  soil  par- 
ticles. With  this  view,  the  anomaly  can  be  explained  by  con- 
sidering that  the  phosphate  particle  in  the  mixture  is  surrounded 
by  a  definite  number  of  soil  particles,  and  that  this  number  is 
nearly  reached  when  the  mixture  is  1:  32.  A  large  increase 
of  soil,  therefore,  has  but  little  effect  on  the  subsequent  precipi- 
tation, for  the  additional  soil  particles  cannot  touch  the  already 
surrounded  particle  of  the  phosphate. 

If  this  theory  be  correct,  then,  the  series  of  experiments 
(Table  IX)  do  not  fall  far  short  of  what  would  actually  be  the 
case  when  the  superphosphate  is  applied  to  the  soil,  if  the  latter 
remains  in  a  continuous  moist  condition,  and  if  the  effect  of 
heavy  rains  be  disregarded. 


ELLSHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTlr.'C   SOCIETY.  127 

We  see  from  the  above  experiments  that  consequent  upon  the 
addition  of  acid  phosphate  to  the  soil  a  precipitation  occurs  by 
which  some  of  the  phosphoric  acid  soluble  in  water  becomes  no 
longer  soluble  in  that  liquid,  but  is  readily  dissolved  by  ammonium 
citrate  at  65°  C.  This  precipitation  may  continue  until  later  a 
basic  phosphate  of  iron  or  alumina,  insoluble  in  ammonium 
citrate,  forms. 

The  resuits  brought  out  by  these  investigations  are: 

1st.  The  sesquioxides  of  iron  and  aluminium  present  in  the 
soil,  more  than  any  other  ordinary  ingredients,  precipitate  to  a 
marked  degree  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid  of  the  superphosphate 
applied  to  them. 

2d.  The  precipitation  varies  in  direct  proportion  to  the  content 
of  ferric  oxide  and  alumina. 

3d.  That  this  precipitation  commences  immediately  when  moist- 
ure is  present,  and  contiuues  to  increase  gradually  till  all  the 
soluble  is  so  precipitated. 

4th.  In  soils  containing  much  of  the  oxides  of  iron  and 
aluminium  basic  phosphates  of  iron  and  alumina,  iusoluble  in 
ammonium  citrate  at  65°  C,  commence  to  form  at  once,  and 
increase  very  slowly. 

5th.  Organic  matter  by  decomposition  furnishes  organic  acids 
which  prevent  the  precipitation  of  soluble  phosphoric  acid. 

6th.  The  organic  acids  so  formed  either  dissolve  the  tricalcic 
phosphates  of  the  superphosphates,  or  by  preventing  the  precipi- 
tation of  soluble  phosphoric  acid  allow  it  to  act  on  the  uudecom- 
posed  phosphate,  rendering  it  available  to  plants. 

7th.  The  greater  the  proportion  of  soil  to  soluble  phosphoric- 
acid  the  greater  the  precipitation,  but  this  is  not  proportional  to 
the  quantity  of  the  soil. 

8th.  That  a  limit  is  soon  reached  beyond  which  an  additional 
quantity  of  soil  has  very  little  or  no  effect  on  the  superphosphate. 

9th.  This  limit  is  caused  by  the  impossibility  of  a  larger 
number  of  soil  particles  coming  in  contact  with  the  particles  of 
superphosphate. 

10 


128  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

10th.  The  precipitate  from  the  soluble  phosphoric  acid  is  readily 
dissolved  by  ammonium  citrate  at  65°  C,  until  the  basic  phos- 
phates are  reached. 

11th.  That  such  precipitated  forms  (excluding  the  basic  phos- 
phates), judging  by  the  ammonium  citrate  standard,  are  readily 
acted  on  by  the  juices  of  plants,  and  can  be  classed  among  the 
"available  phosphates." 


[Note. — The  above  article,  with  but  few  corrections,  was  written  during  the 
winter  of  '86-'87.  Many  additions  and  alterations  which  might  safely  be 
made  have  been  prevented  by  press  of  other  work.] 


A  PARTIAL  CHEMICAL  EXAMINATION  OF  SOME 
SPECIES  OF  THE  GENUS  ILEX. 


F.  P.  VENABLE. 


Some  years  ago  an  analysis  of  the  leaves  of  Ilex  cassine  was 
given  in  this  Journal.*  In  this  analysis  appeared  the  interest- 
ing fact  that  these  leaves  contained  a  small  percentage  of  caf- 
feine. During  the  winter  of  1885— '86,  at  the  request  of  some 
medical  friends  whose  attention  was  drawn  to  the  analysis,  a  more 
thorough  examination  was  undertaken,  not  only  of  the  leaves 
but  of  the  berries.  It  was  thought  advisable,  at  the  same  time, 
to  examine  the  leaves  and  fruit  of  other  representatives  of  the 
Ilex  family  in  this  State — Ileal  opaca  and  Ilex  dahoon.  This 
was  primarily  a  search  after  alkaloids  and  not  intended  as  a 
complete  chemical  examination.  As  no  alkaloids  were  found, 
other  than  the  caffeine  already  mentioned,  no  account  of  the  work 
was  published,  and  the  results  have  been  hidden  away  in  my 
note-books  ever  since.  Thinking,  however,  that  even  negative 
results  are  often  of  some  value  and  that  the  partial  analysis  might 
be  of  aid  to  others,  I  offer  this  paper  for  publication  in  the  Jour- 
nal of  the  Society. 


'Vol.  II,  p.  39. 


ELTSHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  129 

A  short  preliminary  account  of  these  members  of  the  Genus 
Ilex,  taken  from  the  pages  of  Curtis,*  will  add  to  the  value  of 
the  paper  and  make  it  more  intelligible. 

Holly.  {Ilex  Opaca,  Ait.). — Thirty  to  forty  feet  high  and 
twelve  to  fifteen  inches  in  diameter.  The  wood  is  heavy,  with 
a  fine,  compact  grain,  and  takes  a  brilliant  polish.  The  berries 
are  purgative  and  fifteen  or  twenty  of  them  will  produce  vomit- 
ing. 

Dahoon  Holly.  (I.  Dahoon,  Walt.). — A  shrub  or  small 
tree,  from  six  to  twenty-five  feet  high,  growing  on  the  borders  of 
the  pine-barren  ponds  and  swamps  of  our  low  country.  The 
leaves  are  one  or  two  inches  long,  one-fourth  to  one-half  inch 
wide,  entire,  or  with  a  few  sharp  teeth  near  the  upper  end,  ever- 
green.    The  berries  are  red. 

Yopon.  (I.  Cassine,  Linn.). — An  elegant  shrub,  ten  to  fifteen 
feet  high,  but  sometimes  rising  into  a  small  tree  of  twenty  or 
twenty-five  feet.  Its  native  place  is  near  salt  water,  and  it  is 
never  found  far  in  the  interior.  The  leaves  are  small,  one-half 
to  one  inch  long,  very  smooth,  and  evenly  scolloped  on  the  edges 
with  small,  rounded  teeth.  In  some  sections  of  the  Lower  Dis- 
trict, especially  in  the  region  of  the  Dismal  Swamp,  these  are 
annually  dried  and  used  for  tea,  which  is,  however,  oppressively 
sudorific — at  least  to  one  not  accustomed  to  it.  The  berries  are 
a  bright  red. 

According  to  Curtis  there  are  in  this  State  five  additional  spe- 
cies of  this  Genus — I.  decidua,  Walt.;  I.  ambigua,  Chapm.;  /. 
verticillata,  Gray. ;  I.  glabra,  Gray. ;  I.  coriaeea,  Chapm. — but  the 
examination  was  not  extended  to  them. 

In  searching  for  the  alkaloids  the  directions  of  Dragendorff't 
were  first  followed.  The  leaves  (or  crushed  berries)  were  di- 
gested at  40° — 60°  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid.  This  extract  was 
evaporated  to  a  syrupy  consistence,  the  residue  mixed  with  three 
or  four  times  its  bulk  of  alcohol,  filtered  after  twenty-four  hour-' 


*The  Woody  Plants  of  North  Carolina,  58  et  seq. 
fBlyth,  Poisons;  Effects  and  Detection,  224. 


130  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

standing  and  washed  with  alcohol.  The  alcohol  was  then  dis- 
tilled off  from  the  filtrate,  the  watery  residue  was  diluted  with 
water  and  filtered.  Petroleum-ether,  benzol  and  chloroform 
were  successively  used  to  extract  the  alkaloidal  principles,  if  any 
were  present  in  the  acid  liquid.  Then,  after  rendering  alkaline 
with  ammonia,  the  liquid  was  again  extracted  with  the  solvents 
mentioned. 

As,  even  with  water  hut  slightly  acidified  with  sulphuric  acid, 
some  risk  of  the  destruction  or  change  of  the  alkaloids  was  run 
during  the  long  evaporation,  a  second  method  was  made  use  of 
as  follows: 

The  leaves  were  digested  for  ten  hours  with  70  per  cent,  alco- 
hol, the  alcohol  distilled  off  and  the  residue  treated  with  lead 
acetate  and  soda.  The  excess  of  lead  was  removed  by  means  of 
sulphuretted  hydrogen  and  the  filtrate  from  this  evaporated  to  a 
thin  syrup.  This  was  then  treated  with  strong  alcohol,  filtered, 
and  the  excess  of  alcohol  distilled  off.  Bismuth-potassium 
iodide  and  sulphuric  acid  was  next  used  to  precipitate  any  alka- 
loid present.  The  presence  of  albuminoid  matter  rendered  it 
necessary  to  decompose  this  by  means  of  soda,  neutralize  with 
dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  re-precipitate  with  mercuric  chloride. 
The  solutions  to  which  mercuric  chloride  had  been  added  were 
allowed  to  stand  several  days.  The  results  may  be  tabulated  as 
follows : 

I.  opaca,  leaves No  alkaloid. 

I.  opaca,  berries 

I.  dahoon,  leaves  

I.  dahoon,  berries    ,     

I.  cassine,  leaves Caffeine. 

I.  cassine,  berries No  alkaloid. 

I  regard  these  analyses  as  conclusive,  at  least,  of  the  absence 
of  the  known,  well  characterized  alkaloids.  It  is,  of  course, 
possible  that  other  methods  might  reveal  the  presence  of  some  of 
the  more  elusive  ones. 


a         a 
a         u 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  131 


REPORT  OF  THE  RECORDING  SECRETARY 


J.  VV.  GORE. 


THIRTY-SEVENTH    MEETING. 

Person  Hale,  September  11,  1888. 

The  Society  was  called  to  order  by  the  Vice-President,  Professor  Graves, 
who  presented  a  paper  on — 

1.  The  Principle  of  Duality.  (Abstract).  The  author's  remarks  were  con- 
fined to  the  application  of  the  principle  to  plane  figures.  We  may  consider  in 
a  plane  figure  either  the  point  or  the  right  line  as  the  element.  The  co-exi-t- 
ence  of  figures  and  their  properties  (correlative),  as  the  different  elements  are 
chosen,  constitutes  the  Principle  of  Duality.  Several  illustrations  were  given 
(c.  f.  Cremona's  Projective  Geometry).-  The  subject  also  may  be  considered 
from  an  analytical  stand-point  (c.  f.  Clebsch's  Lessons  in  Geometry;.  Tan- 
gential co  ordinates  were  explained  and  compared  with  the  more  familiar 
point  co-ordinates.  A  series  of  parallel,  and  analytically  identical,  operations 
may  be  executed  on  certain  equations  which  lead  to  results  which  have  a  simi- 
lar algebraic  form  but  bear  different  and  correlative  interpretations. 

2.  An  Account  of  the  Meeting  for  1888  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science  was  then  yiven  by  Professor  Gore.  Points  of  inter- 
est with  regard  to  this  meeting,  and  statistics  as  to  papers  read,  with  titles 
and  outlines  of  same,  were  given.  . 

3.  Report  on  Progress  in  Chemistry.  (Abstract).  Dr.  Venable  described 
some  of  the  recent  discoveries  in  Chemistry  and  the  progress  made  in  that 
branch  of  science. 

The  Vice-President  announced  the  committees  which  were  to  report,  at  the 
meetings  during  the  year,  on  the  progress  in  the  different  branches  of  scien- 
tific work.  There  were  nine  of  these  committees  and  the  reports  were  limited 
to  fifteen  minutes  each. 

The  Secretary  reported  large  additions  to  the  library  during  vacation.  Since 
the  May   meeting  484  books  and   pamphlets  had  been  received.     The  list  of 
exchanges  had  increased  to  184.     The  names  of  the  following  new  members 
were  read  : 

Dr.  S.  J.  Hinsdale,  Fayetteville,  N.  C. 

Dr.  P.  B.  Barringer,  Davidson  College,  N.  C. 


132  JOURNAL   OF    THE 

THIRTY- EIGHTH    MEETING. 

Gerrard  Hall,  October  10,  1888. 

Vice-President  Graves  introduced  Dr.  Wm.  B.  Phillips,  who  gave  an  account 
of  the — 

4.  Erection  of  the  Mitchell  Monument.  An  abstract  of  this  paper  is  pub- 
lished in  this  Journal  (p.  55). 

THIRTY-NINTH    MEETING. 

Person  Hall,  November  20,  1888. 

Vice-President  Graves  presided.  The  meeting  was  opened  by  Professor 
Alexander  with  a  paper  on  — 

5.  References  to  Oil  in  Plutarch  and  Some  of  his  Theories  Concerning  the 
Moon.  (Abstract).  Passages  from  Plutarch's  writings  were  cited  to  show  the 
use  of  oil  in  quieting  the  sea,  also  by  divers  for  illuminating  the  depths,  etc. 
The  petroleum  spring  near  the  ox  us,  discovered  about  328  B.  C,  was  referred 
to  and  Strabo's  mention  of  similar  oil-springs  given.  Some  of  the  quaint 
theories  as  to  the  nature  of  oil  were  recounted.  Professor  Alexander  also  gave 
Plutarch's  theories  about  the  moon,  the  faces  appearing  on  its  disc,  etc. 

0.  The  University  Observatory.  By  Professor  Love.  The  following  hith- 
erto unpublished  faets  about  the  North  Carolina  University  Astronomical 
Observatory  have  been  lately  gathered  from  old  MS.  records: 

The  foundations  were  laid  in  April,  1831,  and  the  first  eight  feet  of  the  wall 
built.  This  portion  was  of  stone.  The  remainder  of  the  walls  was  put  up  in 
March,  April  and  May,  1832.  The  wood-work,  painting  and  all  were  com- 
plete by  the  middle  of  August,  1832.  The  building  cost  $430.29.  It  was  paid 
for  by  the  University  and  not,  as  has  been  stated,  by  President  Caldwell. 

7.  Report  on  Progress  in  Bacteriology.  Presented  by  Professor  Poteat ; 
read,  in  the  absence  of  the  author,  by  the  Secretary.  •  (Abstract). 

The  Report  on  "Microscopical  Botany,"  after  a  brief  historic  il  introduction, 
called  attention  to  the  opening  of  laboratories  for  the  study  of  microorgan- 
isms, particularly  to  the  Hoagland  Laboratory  of  the  Long  Island  College 
Hospital,  opened  October  1st.  The  remaining  portion  was  occupied  with  the 
description  of  Hesse's  and  of  Frankland's  methods  for  the  quantitative  esti- 
mation of  the  bacteria  disseminated  in  the  air,  and  of  Koch's  "  plate-cultiva- 
tion" process  as  applied  to  the  dissemination  of  bacteria  in  water.  Some  of 
the  general  results  of  these  investigations  were  stated. 

8.  Mathematical  Fiction.  Read  by  Professor  Graves.  (Abstract).  In 
Natural  Science  fiction  finds  a  place  at  the  foundation  of  important  theories. 
In  Mathematics,  also,  which  claims  to  be  the  exact  science,  fictions  are  found 
which,  to  the  uninitiated,  appear  extravagant. 

Illustrations:  The  properties  of  the  right  line  at  infinity,  of  the  circular 
points  at  infinity,  of  the  imaginary  foci  of  conies,  etc.,  etc. 

9.  Recalculations  of  Atomic  Weights.  This  paper  by  Dr.  Venable  appears, 
in  full,  in  this  Journal  (p.  98). 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  133 

The  Secretary  reported  286  books  and  pamphlets  received  since  the  Septem- 
ber meeting  and  fourteen  new  exchanges. 
The  following  new  members  were  reported: 
Professor  W.  H.  Michael,  Wake  Forest,  N.  C. 
Professor  A.  L.  Purinton,  Wake  Forest,  N.  C. 
Professor  H.  L.  Smith,  Davidson,  N.  C. 
Seventeen  additional  Associate  Members  were  received  as  follows  : 

W.  J.  Andrews,  F.  L.  Covington, 

Gaston  Battle,  B.  T.  Green, 

Wm.  J.  Battle,  H.  L.  Harris, 

J.  D.  Bellamy,  W.  E.  Headen, 

J.  C.  Braswell,  T.  M.  Lee, 

J.  S.  Lewis,  W.  H.  Shaffner, 

J.  V.  Lewis,  W.  L.  Spoon, 

W.  H.  Rankin,  G.  S.  Wills. 

P.  L.   WOODARD, 

FORTIETH    MEETING. 

Person  Hall,  December  4,  1888. 

Vice-President  Graves  presided.     Professor  Gore  read  a  paper  on  — 

10.  Magnetic  Variation  for  the  State  of  North  Carolina. 

As  this  report  was  only  a  partial  one  its  publication  is  postponed  until  it 
can  be  completed. 

11.  Progress  in  Analytical  Chemistry.  Report  made  by  Dr.  Venable. 
(Abstract).  This  report  bore  special  reference  to  commercial  methods  of 
analysis.  Some  of  the  difficulties  in  the  way  of  the  Technical  Analyst  and 
the  approximative  nature  of  the  methods  pursued  were  pointed  out.  The 
necessity  for  uniformity  and  recent  efforts  in  that  direction  by  associations  of 
chemists  and  interested  bodies  were  mentioned. 

12.  "On  the  Chords  of  a  Parabola  and  generally  of  a  Conic."  By  Professor 
Graves.  (Abstract).  This  is  the  title  of  a  paper  by  Professor  F.  Amodeo,  of 
Naples,  Italy,  published  in  Vol.  IV,  p.  92,  of  the  Annals  of  Mathematics. 
As  the  title  indicates,  it  extends  the  properties  proved  by  Graves  for  the 
"Focal  Chord  of  a  Parabola"  (Vid.  Annals  of  Mathematics,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  153; 
also  Journal  Mitchell  Soc,  Vol.  V,  p.  15). 

13.  Chemical  Examination  of  some  Species  of  the  Genus  Ilex.  Professor 
Venable  read  this  paper  by  title.  (This  paper  is  published  in  full  in  this 
Journal.) 

14.  On  the  Change  in  Superphosphates  when  they  are  applied  to  the  Soil. 
By  Dr.  H.  B.  Battle.     (Read   by  title).     (Published   in  full   in  this  Journal  . 

The  Secretary  reported  nine  additional  exchanges  since  the  November 
meeting  and  174  books  and  pamphlets  received. 

Photographs  of  the  Mitchell  Monument  and  interesting  views  in  the 
vicinity  of  Mt.  Mitchell  were  shown. 


134  JOURNAL    OF   THE 

A  LIST  OF  SOCIETIES,  ETC.. 

EXCHANGING  PUBLICATIONS  WITH  THE  SOCIETY. 


UNITED  STATES. 

SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETIES. 

Albany— New  York  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
Boston — American  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Boston  Scientific  Society. 
Brookville — Society  of  Natural  History. 
Cambridge — Entomological  Club. 
Charleston — Elliott  Society  of  Science  and  Arts. 
Cincinnati — Society  of  Natural  History. 
Davenport — Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Denver — Colorado  Scientific  Society. 
Granville — Denison  Scientific  Association. 

Madison — Wisconsin  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Letters. 
Manhattan — Kansas  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
New  Brighton — Natural  Science  Association  of  Staten  Island. 
New  Haven — Connecticut  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
New  Orleans — Academy  of  Sciences. 
Newport — Natural  History  Society. 
New  York — Academy  of  Sciences. 

American  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Linnean  Society. 

Microscopical  Society. 

Torrey  Botanical  Club. 
Peoria — Science  Association. 
Philadelphia — Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 

American  Philosophical  Society. 
FVanklin  Institute. 
Wagner  Free  Institute  of  Science. 
Providence — Franklin  Geological  Society. 
Saco — York  Institute. 
Salem — Essex  Institute. 

Peabody  Academy  of  Science. 
San  Francisco — California  Academy  of  Science. 
St.  Louis — Academy  of  Science. 
Trenton — Natural  History  Society. 
URBANA — Central  Ohio  Scientific  Association. 
Washington — Chemical  Society. 

National  Academy  of  Sciences. 
Philosophical  Society. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL    SCIENTIFIC    SOCIETY.  135 


AGRICULTURAL   STATIONS   AND   SOCIETIES 

Agricultural  College—  Michigan  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Agricultural  College — Mississippi  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Ames — Iowa  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Amherst — Massachusetts  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Athens — Georgia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Auburn — Alabama  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Raton  Rouge — Louisiana  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Rerkeley — California  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Rlacksburg — Virginia  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Roston — Massachusetts  Horticultural  Society. 

Rrookings — Dakota  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Rurlington — Vermont  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Champaign — Illinois  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

Illinois  State  Laboratories  of  Natural  History. 
College  Station — Texas  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Columbia — Missouri  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Columbia — South  Carolina  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Columbus — Ohio  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Corvallis — Oregon  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Fayetteville — Arkansas  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Fort  Collins — Colorado  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Geneva — New  York  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Grand  Rapids — Michigan  Horticultural  Society. 
Hanover — New  Hampshire  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Ithaca — Cornell  University  Agricultural  Experiment  Station.' 
Knoxville — Tennessee  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Lexington — Kentucky  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Lincoln — Nebraska  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Manhattan — Kansas  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Minneapolis — Minnesota  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Newark — Delaware  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
New  BRUNSWICK — New  Jersey  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
New  Haven — Connecticut  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Orono — Maine  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
Raleigh — North  Carolina  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

North  Carolina  Horticultural  Society. 
Statp:  College — Pennsylvania  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 
St.  Anthony  Park — Minnesota  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

(iEOLOGICAL   SURVEYS. 

Albany — New  York  State  Geological  Survey. 
Cheyenne — Wyoming  Territorial  Geological  Survey. 
Columbus — Ohio  State  Geological  Survey. 


136  JOURNAL   OF   THE 

Indianapolis — Indiana  State  Geological  Survey. 
Little  Rock — Arkansas  State  Geological  Survey. 
Minneapolis— Minnesota  State  Geological  Survey. 
New  Brunswick — New  Jersey  State  Geological  Survey. 
Raleigh — North  Carolina  State  Geological  Survey. 
San  Francisco— State  Mining  Bureau. 
Springfield — Illinois  State  Geological  Survey. 
Tuscaloosa — Alabama  State  Geological  Survey. 

boards  of  health  and  medical  societies. 

Albany — New  York  State  Board  of  Health. 
Appleton — Wisconsin  State  Roard  of  Health. 
Boston — Massachusetts  State  Board  of  Health. 
Columbia— South  Carolina  State  Board  of  Health. 
Lansing— Michigan  State  Board  of  Health. 
Nashville— Tennessee  State  Board  of  Health. 
Philadelphia — Pennsylvania  State  Board  of  Health. 
Trenton — New  Jersey  State  Board  of  Health. 
Wilmington— North  Carolina  State  Board  of  Health. 

North  Carolina  Medical  Journal. 

North  Carolina  Medical  Society. 

EDUCATIONAL    INSTITUTIONS. 

Columbia  School  of  Mines— Chemical  Society. 

Cornell  University — Scientific  Bulletins. 

Denison  University— Bulletins  from  the  Scientific  Laboratories. 

Harvard  University — Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology. 

Johns  Hopkins  University — Circulars. 

Studies  from  the  Biological  Laboratory. 
Washburn  College— Laboratory  of  Natural  History. 

observatories. 

Blue  Hill — Meteorological  Observatorv. 

Cambridge — Harvard  University  Observatory. 

Rochester — Warner  Observatory. 

University  of  Virginia — Leander  McCormick  Observatory. 

INDEPENDENT    PERIODICALS. 

Baltimore — Modern  Language  Notes. 
Crawfordsville — Botanical  Gazette. 
Boston — Popular  Science  News  (presented). 
San  Diego — WTest  American  Scientist. 

•     GOVERNMENT    DEPARTMENTS. 

Agricultural  Department — Division  of  Botany. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  137 

Agricultural  Department — Division  of  Chemistry. 

Division  of  Entomology. 

Division  of  Forestry. 

Division  of  Pomology. 

Division  of  Statistics. 
Bureau  of  Ethnology. 
Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey. 
Department  of  State. 
Fish  Commission. 
Geological  Survey. 
National  Board  of  Health. 
National  Museum. 
Naval  Observatory. 
Signal  Service  Bureau. 
Smithsonian  Institution. 
Surgeon  General's  Office. 

AUSTRIA. 

Innsbruck — Der  Natnrwissenschaftlich-medizinische  Verein. 
Wien — Der  Wissenschaftliche  Club. 

BELGIUM. 

Bruxelles — La  Societe  Royale  Malacologique  de  Belgique. 
Bruxelles — La  Academie  Royale  de  Medecine  de  Belgique. 

BRAZIL. 

Rio  de  Janeiro — Museu  Nacional. 

CANADA. 

Grimsby — Fruit-Growers'  Association  of  Ontario. 
Halifax — Nova  Scotian  Institute  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Montreal — Natural  History  Society. 
Ottawa — Entomological  Society  of  Ontario. 

Field  Naturalists'  Club. 

Geological  Survey  of  Canada. 

Royal  Society  of  Canada. 
Toronto — Canadian  Institute. 
Winnipeg — Historical  and  Scientific  Society. 

CHILI. 

Santiago — Der  Deutsche  Wissenschaftliche  Verein. 

FRANCE. 

Amiens — La  Societe  Linneenne  de  Normandie. 


138  JOURNAL    OF    THE 

Caen — La  Societe  Linneenne  du  Nord  de  la  France. 
Paris — Bulletin  Scientifique  de  la  France  et  de  la  Belgique. 

Le  Laboratoire  Municipal  de  Chernie. 
Rouen — La  Societe  des  Amis  des  Sciences  Naturelles. 

GERMANY. 

Augsburg — Der  Naturhistorische  Verein. 

Berlin — Botanischer  Verein  fiir  die  Provinz  Brandenburg. 

Entomologischer  Verein. 

Gesellsehaft  Naturforschender  Freunde. 

Naturae  Novitates. 
Bonn — Naturhistorischer  Verein. 
Braunschweig — Verein  fiir  Naturwissenschaft. 
Breslau — Die  Schlesische  Gesellsehaft  fiir  vaterl.  Cultur. 
(  arlsruhe — Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein. 
Danzig — Naturforschende  Gesellsehaft. 

Frankfurt  am  Main — Senckenbergische  Naturforschende  Gesellsehaft. 
Frankfurt  am  Oder — Der  Naturvvissenschaftliche  Verein. 

Societatum  Litterae. 
Giessen — Oberhessische  Gesellsehaft  fiir  Natur  u.  Heilkunde. 
Halle — K.  Leopoldinisch-carolinische  Deutsche  Akad.  d.  Naturforscher. 
Hanau — Wetterauische  Gesellsehaft  fiir  die  gesammte  Natnrkunde. 
Hannover — Naturhistorische  Gesellsehaft. 
Heidelberg — Natur historisch-medizinischer  Verein. 
Kiel — Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein  fiir  Sehleswig-Holslein. 
Leipzig — Insekten-Borse. 
Luxeburg — Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein. 
Magdeburg — Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein. 

Munster — Der  Westfalische  Provinzial-Verein  f.  Wissenschaft  n.  Kunst. 
Offenbach — Verein  fiir  Natnrkunde. 
Regensburg — Naturwissenschaftlicher  Verein. 
Wiesbaden — Nassauischer  Verein  fiir  Natnrkunde. 

GREAT    BRITAIN    AND    IRELAND. 

Belfast — Naturalists'  Field  Club. 

Bristol — Naturalists'  Society. 

Dublin — Royal  Dublin  Society. 

Dumfries — Natural  History  and  Antiquarian  Society. 

G  lasgow — Geological  Society. 

Natural  History  Society. 
Halifax — Yorkshire  Geological  and  Polytechnic  Society. 
London — Royal  Society  of  England. 
Manchester — Geological  Society. 

Literary  and  Philosophical  Society. 
RoTHAMSTED — Agricultural  Experiment  Farm. 


ELISHA    MITCHELL   SCIENTIFIC   SOCIETY.  139 

ITALY. 

Catania  (Sicily) — Academia  Gioenia  di  Scienze  Naturali. 
Pisa — Societa  Toscana  di  Scienze  Naturali. 

Torino — Musee  di  Zoologia  ed  Anatomia  com  para  ta  della  R.  Universita  di 
Torino. 

MEXICO. 

Mexico — Sociedad  Mexicana  de  Historia  Natural. 

NETHERLANDS. 

Amsterdam — K.  Nederlandische  Akademie  d.  Wissenschaften. 

Harlem — Musee  Tevler. 

Middelburg — Zeeuwsch  Genootschap  der  Wetenschappen. 

Utrecht — La  Societe  Provinciale  des  Arts  et  des  Sciences. 

RUSSIA. 

Kharkow — La  Societe  des  Sciences  Experimental  (Section  Medicale). 

Kieff — La. Societe  des  Naturalistes. 

Moscow — La  Societe  Imperiale  des  Naturalistes. 

Odessa — La  Societe  des  Naturalistes  de  la  Nouvelle-Russie. 

SWEDEN. 

Lund — Universitets  Bihliotek. 

SWITZERLAND. 

Bern — Naturforschende  Gesellschaft. 

Frauenpeld —  Thurganische  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft. 
FribOurg — La  Societe  Fribourgeoise  des  Sciences  Naturalles. 
Lausanne — La  Societe  Vaudoise  des  Sciences  Naturalles. 
Zurich — Die  Naturforschende  Gesellschaft. 


/ 


JOURNAL 


.1 
.  < 


— OF   THE — 


ElishaMitchellScientificSociety, 


1887. 


FOURTH  YEAR,    PART   FIRST. 


■ 


A'''^-^  ♦♦♦'♦♦♦     ♦♦♦     *V  V» '  "**♦     ♦*♦     ♦*♦     ♦♦♦     & 


JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Jlfidja  fptlpif  jStkttiftt  jSntifh], 


-^t>l  887"^*^ 


FOURTH    YKAR. 


PART    SECOND. 


£    'A.    :A.      A.     -3S&    J-*fc^~  '^i»i^-  -^iiis^"  '^^^^:  ^ijie^-  "^^»w?^  -^^»^  ■  '-^^ist.-  -^^ni^  '"^•^^ "':  ^w     ♦♦♦  ""♦♦♦'    ♦♦>     ♦*♦     ♦*♦     ♦** 


//  u4 


/ 


U  M 


Ak    aT»    a*a    Ak    A*    Ak    A*.    .Ak    aT*    A.k    *.*.k    Ak    Ak    AT*    k^.    Ak    Ak    .Ak    Ak    Ak    Ak    Ak 

♦       >        ♦       *♦       %*     %       %        ♦*      %       *♦*     V    .  ♦*     V     %*      %*     *♦*     *♦*     *♦*     *♦  ■    V .    %*      *♦  . 


JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


jtHsna 


a 


ifttfifit 


-^t^  1  888^*^ 


FIFTH    YEAR. 


FART    FIRST. 


♦V    *♦•     «.♦»     £<^^^:'*m^''^fc^^^^  ,a>     a     a»     a*     a.     a*     < 

W     V     V     %*     V     V     V     %v    %*     %*     V   .*♦?    .  ♦*     %*     %•     V     V      ♦*     V     V     V     * 


JOURNAL 


OF    THK 


Ji\k\ 


H 


ntW^ 


^-^^ISSS^^ 


FIFTH   YEAR. 


PART  SECOND. 


.-,..?♦*>,.  *♦'...>•.     V    .*♦?,.    V. .  .V V\. .  T*?->,.  .,.•£♦%,.  .,*♦?/.   .V    .*♦* V     V     V     V     V.     V     V     V     < 


3  2044   106  256  076 


I